WO2020221271A1 - 传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020221271A1
WO2020221271A1 PCT/CN2020/087667 CN2020087667W WO2020221271A1 WO 2020221271 A1 WO2020221271 A1 WO 2020221271A1 CN 2020087667 W CN2020087667 W CN 2020087667W WO 2020221271 A1 WO2020221271 A1 WO 2020221271A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
feedback information
harq feedback
uplink control
control channel
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/087667
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
马蕊香
官磊
李�远
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP20798911.2A priority Critical patent/EP3952168A4/en
Priority to KR1020217037695A priority patent/KR20210148357A/ko
Publication of WO2020221271A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020221271A1/zh
Priority to US17/516,474 priority patent/US20220061076A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1614—Details of the supervisory signal using bitmaps
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1896—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0015—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy
    • H04L1/0016—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy involving special memory structures, e.g. look-up tables

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and communication device for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback information.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the International Telecommunication Union defines three types of application scenarios for 5G and future mobile communication systems: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low-latency communications communications, URLLC) and massive machine type communications (mMTC).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • URLLC is one of the three typical services of 5G. Its main application scenarios include unmanned driving, telemedicine, etc. These application scenarios put forward stricter requirements in terms of reliability and delay.
  • the specific requirements of the URLLC business include: data transmission reliability of 99.999%, transmission delay less than 1ms, and the requirement of high reliability and low delay to minimize overhead.
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • the present application provides a method and a communication device for transmitting HARQ feedback information, which can ensure the smooth transmission of HARQ feedback information of multiple downlink data channels, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • a method for transmitting HARQ feedback information including: a terminal device (or a module in the terminal device, such as a chip) acquiring first information, the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; then K downlink data channels are received, and K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein each of the K downlink data channels corresponds to the M transmission parameter groups One of the first downlink data channel corresponds to the first transmission parameter group, the second downlink data channel corresponds to the second transmission parameter group, and the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are the K Different downlink data channels in the downlink data channel, the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups; the first transmission is determined according to the first information Resource; finally sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource can ensure the smooth transmission of the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels is located in one time slot.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates An uplink control channel resource, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2; correspondingly, the terminal device determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: according to the R transmission parameters The resource indication information in the group determines the first transmission resource.
  • the first transmission resources are R uplink control channel resources indicated by resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups, so that the R uplink control channel resources can be used to transmit HARQ corresponding to the K downlink data channels
  • the feedback information ensures that the HARQ feedback information of each downlink data channel can be fed back normally, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the sending HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: if among the R uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources of H have overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources is sent in the target uplink control channel resource, H ⁇ R, and H is greater than or equal to An integer of 2, the target uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the target uplink control channel resource needs to be selected so that the H uplink control channel resources can be sent on the target uplink control channel resource.
  • HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the control channel resource is to be used.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource is sent.
  • the target uplink control channel resource is the uplink control channel resource with the highest starting time domain position among the H uplink control channel resources; or, the target uplink control channel resource is the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives second information, the second information includes G pieces of resource indication information, and each of the G pieces of resource indication information indicates one uplink control channel resource, G is an integer greater than or equal to 2; and according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, the G uplink control channel resources indicated by the G resource indication information Determine an uplink control channel resource as the target uplink control channel resource.
  • the second information may be sent by the network device through higher layer signaling. Therefore, the terminal device can select one uplink control channel resource satisfying the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources from among the G uplink control channel resources, as the target uplink control channel resource .
  • the terminal device sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: if the R uplink control channels indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources in the resource overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is sent on the first uplink control channel resource, and the second uplink control channel resource The HARQ feedback information of the corresponding downlink data channel is canceled from sending, the first uplink control channel resource and the second uplink control channel resource are different uplink control channel resources among the H uplink control channel resources, and the first uplink control channel resource An uplink control channel resource is part or all of the first transmission resource. Therefore, if the H uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, the HARQ feedback information of some downlink data channels can be discarded, and the HARQ feedback information of other downlink data channels can be guaranteed to be sent smoothly, thereby meeting service requirements.
  • the priority of the first uplink control channel resource is higher than the priority of the second uplink control channel resource; or, the transmission period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is less than the The transmission period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second uplink control channel; or, the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second uplink control channel.
  • the first information further includes first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first transmission resource. Therefore, the terminal device can directly determine an uplink control channel resource as the first transmission resource based on the instruction of the network device, so as to smoothly send the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the first information further includes N resource indication information, each resource indication information in the N resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • determining the first transmission resource by the terminal device according to the first information includes: according to the total number of bits of feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels, in the N resources indicated by the N resource indication information One of the uplink control channel resources is determined as the first transmission resource. Therefore, the terminal device can select an uplink control channel resource matching the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information from the multiple uplink control channel resources indicated by the network device as the first transmission resource, so as to smoothly transmit HARQ of K downlink data channels Feedback information helps improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the terminal device sending HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: sending only HARQ for the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource Feedback information; or, send HARQ feedback information of all activated downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, and all the activated downlink data channels include the K downlink data channels; or, in the first transmission resource
  • the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channels corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups is sent on the transmission resource, and the downlink data channels corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups include the K downlink data channels.
  • the embodiment of the present application may define the format of the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource, so that the network device and the terminal device side understand the same.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent by the terminal device on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, where the first HARQ feedback information and the The second HARQ feedback information satisfies the following conditions: the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the first HARQ feedback
  • the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the information is the same as the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information, and the start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than The start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information in the time domain; the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are HARQ sent on the first transmission resource Two different HARQ feedback information in the feedback information.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one or more of the following information: the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identifier of the transmission parameter group, and the modulation and modulation used in the transmission of the downlink data channel.
  • MCS form of coding scheme.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S uplink control channel resource sets, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the S is a positive integer.
  • the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: determining R uplink control channel resource groups according to the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • An uplink control channel resource group includes S uplink control channel resource sets.
  • the first transmission resource includes a first uplink control channel resource in a first uplink control channel resource set in each uplink control channel resource group in R uplink control channel resource groups, and the first transmission resource includes R uplink control channels Resources.
  • the first uplink control channel resource set is the uplink control channel resource set indicated by the resource indication information
  • the S when the S is greater than 1, determine one uplink control channel from the S uplink control channel resource sets according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the S uplink control channel resource sets
  • the resource set serves as the first uplink control channel resource set.
  • one uplink control channel resource may be indicated as the first uplink control channel resource from the first uplink control channel resource set.
  • H uplink control channel resources in the R uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, send the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources in the target uplink control channel resource HARQ feedback information, H ⁇ R, and H is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the target uplink control channel resource may be determined in the following manner: according to the last PDCCH in the active PDCCH of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, the indication field in the active PDCCH with the lowest real-time field position Indicate one uplink control channel resource as the target uplink control channel resource from the second set of uplink control channel resources.
  • the second uplink control channel resource set is the uplink control channel resource set indicated by the resource indication information ;
  • the number S of sets of uplink control channel resources in the first uplink control channel resource group is greater than 1, according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channels corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, from One of the S uplink control channel resource sets is determined as the second uplink control channel resource set.
  • a method for transmitting HARQ feedback information including: a network device may also be a network device module, such as a chip) sending first information, the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, and M is greater than Or an integer equal to 2; K downlink data channels are sent according to the first information, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each downlink data channel in the K downlink data channels corresponds to one of the M transmission parameter groups.
  • the first downlink data channel corresponds to the first transmission parameter group
  • the second downlink data channel corresponds to the second transmission parameter group
  • the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are the K downlink data
  • Different downlink data channels in the channel, the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups; the K is received on the first transmission resource
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to each downlink data channel can ensure the smooth transmission of the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels is located in one time slot.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates An uplink control channel resource, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first transmission resources are R uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups, so that the terminal device can use the R uplink control channel resources to send K downlink data channels
  • the corresponding HARQ feedback information ensures that the HARQ feedback information of each downlink data channel can be fed back normally, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the receiving, by the network device, the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: if the R uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources in there overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources is received in the target uplink control channel resource, H ⁇ R, and H is greater than or An integer equal to 2, the target uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource. That is, if there are H uplink control channel resources in the R uplink control channel resources that overlap in the time domain, it is necessary to receive the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources on the target uplink control channel resource.
  • HARQ feedback information helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource is received.
  • the target uplink control channel resource is the uplink control channel resource with the highest starting time domain position among the H uplink control channel resources; or, the target uplink control channel resource is the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the control channel resources an uplink control channel resource that meets the delay requirement required for sending feedback information; or, the target uplink control channel resource is an uplink control channel resource with the highest priority among the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends second information, the second information includes G resource indication information, and each resource indication information in the G resource indication information indicates one uplink control channel resource, G is an integer greater than or equal to 2; according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, among the G uplink control channel resources indicated by the G resource indication information Determine an uplink control channel resource as the target uplink control channel resource. Therefore, the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can select an uplink that satisfies the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources among the G uplink control channel resources.
  • the control channel resource is used as the target uplink control channel resource.
  • the receiving, by the network device, the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: if the R uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources in there overlap in the time domain.
  • On the first uplink control channel resource HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is received, and the second uplink control channel resource is Above, the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second uplink control channel resource is not received, and the first uplink control channel resource and the second uplink control channel resource are different uplink control channel resources among the H uplink control channel resources.
  • Control channel resources, the first uplink control channel resources are part or all of the first transmission resources. Therefore, if the H uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, the HARQ feedback information of some downlink data channels can be discarded, and the HARQ feedback information of other downlink data channels can be guaranteed to be sent smoothly, thereby meeting service requirements.
  • the priority of the first uplink control channel resource is higher than the priority of the second uplink control channel resource; or, the period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is less than the first uplink control channel resource. 2.
  • the period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource; or, the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second uplink control channel resource.
  • the first information further includes first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate a first uplink control channel resource, where the first uplink control channel resource Is the first transmission resource. Therefore, the network device can indicate an uplink control channel resource as the first transmission resource to the terminal device, so that the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels can be sent smoothly, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the first information further includes N resource indication information, each resource indication information in the N resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the method further includes: according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels, determining one uplink control channel resource among the N uplink control channel resources indicated by the N resource indication information as The first transmission resource. Therefore, the network device can indicate multiple uplink control channel resources to the terminal device, so that the terminal device selects an uplink control channel resource matching the total number of HARQ feedback information bits among the multiple uplink control resources as the first transmission resource, so as to facilitate The HARQ feedback information of K downlink data channels is sent smoothly, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the network device receives HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: receiving, on the first transmission resource, the K downlink data channels HARQ feedback information; or, receiving HARQ feedback information of all activated downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, where all activated downlink data channels include the K downlink data channels; or, in the first transmission resource HARQ feedback information of downlink data channels corresponding to M transmission parameter groups is received on a transmission resource, and the downlink data channels corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups include the K downlink data channels.
  • the embodiment of the present application may define the format of the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource, so that the network device and the terminal device side understand the same.
  • the HARQ feedback information received by the network device on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, wherein the first HARQ feedback information and the The second HARQ feedback information satisfies the following conditions: the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information
  • the priority of is the same as the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information, and the start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information
  • the starting position of the data channel in the time domain; the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are two different HARQ feedback information in the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one or more of the following information: the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identification of the transmission parameter group, and the modulation sum used for downlink data channel transmission MCS form of coding scheme.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S uplink control channel resource sets, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the S is a positive integer.
  • the first transmission resource includes a first uplink control channel resource in a first uplink control channel resource set in each uplink control channel resource group in R uplink control channel resource groups, and the first transmission resource includes R Uplink control channel resources.
  • the first set of uplink control channel resources is the set of uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information; or, when the S is greater than 1, according to the S
  • the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource set, and an uplink control channel resource set is determined from the S uplink control channel resource sets as the first uplink control channel resource set; or, According to the indication field in the activated PDCCH of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource set, one uplink control channel resource may be indicated as the first uplink control channel resource from the first uplink control channel resource set.
  • H is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the target uplink control channel resource may be determined in the following manner: according to the last PDCCH in the activated PDCCH of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, that is, the last PDCCH in the activated PDCCH with the lowest position in the time domain
  • the indication field indicates that one uplink control channel resource is the target uplink control channel resource from the second set of uplink control channel resources.
  • the second uplink control channel resource set is the uplink control channel resource set indicated by the resource indication information ;
  • the number S of sets of uplink control channel resources in the first uplink control channel resource group is greater than 1, according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channels corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, from One of the S uplink control channel resource sets is determined as the second uplink control channel resource set.
  • a communication device in a third aspect, includes a module for executing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect; or, it includes a module for executing the second aspect or the first aspect.
  • the module of the method in any possible implementation of the two aspects.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device in the above method, or a chip set in the terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is coupled with a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the first aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device may be the network device in the above method, or a chip set in the network device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is coupled to a memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method executed by the network device in the second aspect and any one of its possible implementation manners.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a program is provided.
  • the program is executed by a processor, it is used to execute any method in the first aspect and its possible implementation manners, or to execute the second aspect and its possible implementation manners Any method in.
  • a program product comprising: program code, when the program code is run by a communication device, the communication device executes any method in the first aspect and its possible implementation manners .
  • a program product comprising: program code, when the program code is run by a communication device, the communication device executes any method in the second aspect and its possible implementation manners .
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program, and when the program is executed, the communication device executes any one of the first aspect and its possible implementation manners. method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program.
  • the communication device executes any one of the second aspect and its possible implementation manners. method.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of sending feedback information in the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a method for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 4 is an example diagram of PUCCH resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is another example diagram of PUCCH resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is an example diagram of PDSCH according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is another example diagram of PDSCH according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple can be understood as “at least two”; “multiple” can be understood as “at least two”.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a mobile communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile communication system includes a core network device 110, a wireless access network device 120, and at least one terminal device (the terminal device 130 and the terminal device 140 in FIG. 1).
  • the terminal device is connected to the wireless access network device in a wireless manner
  • the wireless access network device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the core network device and the wireless access network device can be separate and different physical devices, or they can integrate the functions of the core network device and the logical function of the wireless access network device on the same physical device, or it can be a physical device It integrates the functions of part of the core network equipment and part of the wireless access network equipment.
  • the terminal device can be a fixed location or movable.
  • Fig. 1 is only a schematic diagram.
  • the communication system may also include other network equipment, such as wireless relay equipment and wireless backhaul equipment, which are not shown in Fig. 1.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network equipment, radio access network equipment, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system.
  • Radio access network (RAN) equipment is the access equipment that terminal equipment accesses to the mobile communication system in a wireless manner. It can be a base station NodeB, an evolved NodeB (eNB), and a 5G mobile communication system.
  • a base station NodeB an evolved NodeB (eNB)
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • 5G mobile communication system One of the next generation NodeB (gNB), the transmission point, the base station in the future mobile communication system or the access node in the wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, the base station in the 5G system or
  • a set of antenna panels may also be a network node constituting a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU).
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the radio access network device.
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements part of the functions of gNB
  • DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be used as a network device in an access network, or as a network device in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • a terminal device may also be called a terminal, a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), and so on.
  • Terminal devices can be mobile phones, tablets, computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals in, self-driving (self-driving) wireless terminals, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety) , Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
  • Wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to downlink signal transmission, may also be applicable to uplink signal transmission, and may also be applicable to device-to-device (D2D) signal transmission.
  • the sending device is a wireless access network device, and the corresponding receiving device is a terminal device.
  • the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is a wireless access network device.
  • D2D signal transmission the sending device is a terminal device, and the corresponding receiving device is also a terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the signal transmission direction.
  • Communication between wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment, as well as between terminal equipment and terminal equipment, can communicate through licensed spectrum, or communicate through unlicensed spectrum, or through licensed spectrum and free spectrum at the same time.
  • Authorize spectrum for communication Communication between wireless access network equipment and terminal equipment, as well as between terminal equipment and terminal equipment, can communicate through the frequency spectrum below 6 gigahertz (gigahertz, GHz), or through the frequency spectrum above 6G, and can also use below 6G at the same time
  • the frequency spectrum and the frequency spectrum above 6G communicate.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the radio access network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be executed according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the method only needs to communicate.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the downlink control channel may be a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), but for the convenience of description ,
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the uplink control channel can be a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), but for the convenience of description, only PUCCH is used as an example for description
  • the downlink data channel can be a physical downlink control channel Channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH), for the convenience of description, the following only uses PDSCH as an example for description.
  • the downlink control channel, the uplink control channel, and the downlink data channel may have different names in different systems, and the specific names of these channels are not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • SPS is to configure a transmission parameter group through high-level signaling to indicate a periodic SPS PDSCH transmission.
  • the parameters in the one transmission parameter group include: (1) a scheduling period P: the current period is at least 10 ms; (2) PUCCH resources: the PUCCH resources that are configured to carry SPS PDSCH ACK/NACK are in a time slot Which resource, such as which symbols, etc.
  • the candidate value can only be PUCCH format 0 or PUCCH format 1.
  • These two PUCCH formats can accommodate 1 or 2 bits of feedback information
  • MCS Modulation and coding scheme
  • the communication process of SPS PDSCH includes:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device through high-level signaling to configure the SPS PDSCH period P and PUCCH resources.
  • the network device sends an activated PDCCH to the terminal device, where the activated PDCCH indicates the time slot where the SPS PDSCH is located, and the start symbol S and the length L where the PDSCH is located in the time slot.
  • the activated PDCCH will also indicate the time slot where the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is located.
  • the method for activating the PDCCH to indicate the time slot in which the SPS PDSCH is located, and the starting symbol S and the length L of the PDSCH in the time slot are as follows: the downlink control information (DCI) carried in the PDCCH indicates one time A row in the domain resource table.
  • the time domain resource table may be a table predefined by the protocol or a table configured by high-level signaling.
  • the table contains multiple rows, and each row contains: K0 parameters, which are used to indicate the number of time slots between the time slot where the PDCCH is located and the time slot where the PDSCH is located; and parameters that indicate the values of S and L.
  • the value of S and L can be indicated by the start and length indicator value (SLIV) parameter, and the value of the SLIV parameter is obtained by jointly encoding the values of S and L; or S The value of and L is indicated by two independent parameters.
  • the above two ways of indicating the values of S and L can be uniformly represented by (S, L).
  • Table 1 For example, a time domain resource table is shown in Table 1 below.
  • an index value corresponds to a combination of K0 and (S, L).
  • the DCI includes a 2-bit indicator field. Assuming that the indicator index is 1, it can be seen from Table 1 that: K0 corresponding to index 1 is 1, the starting symbol S is symbol 1, and the length L is 2 symbols. That is, if the PDCCH activated by the SPS PDSCH is received in the nth time slot, the corresponding SPS PDSCH is in the n+1th time slot, and is in the symbol 1 and symbol 2 of the n+1th time slot.
  • the method for activating the PDCCH to indicate the time slot in which the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is located is: carrying indication information in the DCI, the indication information indicating a K1 value in the K1 set, where the K1 set may be a higher layer A collection of signaling configurations, and the value of K1 indicates the number of time slots between the time slot where the SPS PDSCH is located and the time slot of the corresponding HARQ feedback information.
  • the terminal equipment can determine the time domain position of the subsequent SPS PDSCH according to the SPS scheduling period P configured by the higher layer and the time domain position of the SPS PDSCH indicated by the activated PDCCH. It is not necessary to send one before each SPS PDSCH.
  • Activate the PDCCH and the activated PDCCH corresponding to these subsequent SPS PDSCH is the PDCCH that initially activates the SPS PDSCH.
  • the activation of the PDCCH may also indicate the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) adopted by the SPS PDSCH. Specifically, it may indicate a row in the MCS table indicated by a higher layer in the foregoing, and the content of the row includes MCS and so on.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the time unit can be other time domain units such as frame, subframe, slot, mini-slot (or mini-slot), or symbol.
  • a mini-slot is a time-domain unit whose time-domain length is less than a time slot.
  • the time length of one frame is 10 milliseconds (millisecond, ms), including 10 sub-frames, and the time length corresponding to each sub-frame is 1 ms.
  • One slot includes 12 symbols in the case of an extended cyclic prefix and 14 symbols in the case of a normal cyclic prefix.
  • the time domain symbols here may be orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols.
  • the number of time-domain symbols included in a mini-slot is less than 14, such as 2 or 4 or 7, and so on.
  • one slot may include 7 time domain symbols, and the number of time domain symbols included in a mini-slot is less than 7, such as 2 or 4, and the specific value is not limited.
  • the URLLC service has multiple application scenarios, such as factory automation or smart grid. Different scenarios have different service cycles and different reliability and delay requirements. Therefore, only supporting SPS configuration for one cycle is difficult to guarantee the needs of multiple services. Therefore, multiple sets of SPS can be configured to facilitate different business requirements. However, if multiple sets of SPS are activated, the feedback information of multiple sets of SPS PDSCH needs to be fed back in the same uplink time slot, but the configured PUCCH resource can accommodate limited bit information, and multiple sets of SPS PDSCH feedback information cannot be put down. There is a problem that upstream information cannot be fed back, which affects the reliability of the service.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of sending feedback information in the prior art.
  • the terminal device is configured with three SPS configurations (SPS1, SPS2, and SPS3).
  • the PDSCH feedback information of the three sets of SPS configurations is at least 3 bits. If the existing technology is adopted, the feedback information of the PDSCH configured by the three sets of SPS should be fed back in the same uplink time slot. However, because the configured PUCCH can only hold 1 to 2 bits of information, it is not enough to carry the feedback information of multiple sets of SPS-configured PDSCHs, which results in the feedback information cannot be fed back. As a result, the network equipment cannot receive the feedback information of the downlink data in time. The feedback information is scheduled and retransmitted in time, which affects the delay and reliability of the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device determines one or more transmission resources to ensure that HARQ feedback information of multiple PDSCHs can be sent. If it is one transmission resource, the number of bits that can be carried by the one transmission resource can meet the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of multiple PDSCHs.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the method 300 includes:
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal device receives the first information.
  • the network device may send the first information through high-layer signaling, that is, the first information is carried in high-layer signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may refer to signaling sent by a high-level protocol layer, and the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer above the physical layer.
  • the high-level protocol layer may specifically include at least one of the following protocol layers: medium access control (MAC) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence) Protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (RRC) layer and non-access stratum (NAS).
  • MAC medium access control
  • RLC radio link control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RRC radio resource control
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the M transmission parameter groups may be stored locally.
  • the terminal device may obtain M transmission parameter groups locally, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one or more of the following information: the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identifier of the transmission parameter group, and the MCS table of the modulation and coding scheme adopted for PDSCH transmission.
  • the M transmission parameter groups in this application are M sets of SPS configurations.
  • Each SPS configuration includes one or more items in the MCS table of the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identification of the transmission parameter group, and the modulation and coding scheme used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the transmission period of the PDSCH may be a scheduling period configured by a higher layer, for example, it may be 10 milliseconds (ms).
  • the terminal device can determine the time unit where the subsequent PDSCH is located based on the transmission period of the PDSCH, and the network device does not need to send a PDCCH every time before sending the PDSCH.
  • the first PDSCH sent may be called a PDSCH with scheduling information; the subsequent PDSCHs of the first PDSCH sent are sent based on the transmission period of the PDSCH, and these subsequent PDSCHs may be called PDSCHs without scheduling information.
  • the identification of the transmission parameter group may be a group number, and one group number corresponds to one transmission parameter group. For example, if there are three transmission parameter groups, the identifier of each transmission parameter group can be identified as 1, 2, 3, or 0, 1, 2, respectively.
  • the network device can indicate which transmission parameter group the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is used to activate through the identifier of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the DCI carried by the PDCCH may include a bit field containing Q bits, and the value of Q depends on the number of configured transmission parameter groups or the maximum number of transmission parameter groups. Among them, W is the number of configured transmission parameter groups or the maximum number of transmission parameter groups.
  • Each MCS table has multiple rows, and each row includes information such as the modulation and coding method used by the PDSCH and the code rate.
  • the MCS table used for PDSCH transmission refers to which of the three MCS tables is used by the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device can learn the modulation and coding mode adopted by the PDSCH through the MCS table, and thereby receive the PDSCH.
  • the M transmission parameter groups may include M PDSCH transmission periods, M transmission parameter group identifiers, and M MCS tables used for PDSCH transmission. That is to say, the i-th in M PDSCH transmission cycles, the i-th identified by the M transmission parameter group, and the i-th in the MCS table used for M PDSCH transmission, together constitute a transmission parameter group. That is, the i-th transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups.
  • the M transmission parameter groups include M parameter groups, and each parameter group includes a PDSCH transmission period, an identifier of a transmission parameter group, and an MCS table used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the M transmission parameter groups may only include M first parameters, and the first information further includes a second parameter and a third parameter.
  • the second parameter and the third parameter are shared for M transmission parameter groups.
  • the M transmission parameter groups may include the identifiers of M transmission parameter groups, that is, the first parameter is the identifier of the transmission parameter group; the first information also includes an MCS table used for PDSCH transmission and a PDSCH transmission Period, that is, the MCS table used for PDSCH transmission and the transmission period are shared by M transmission parameter groups, the second parameter is the MCS table used for PDSCH transmission, and the third parameter is the transmission period of PDSCH.
  • the M transmission parameter groups may only include M first parameters and M second parameters, and the first information further includes a third parameter, where the third parameter is common to the M transmission parameter groups of.
  • the M transmission parameter groups include the identifiers of the M transmission parameter groups, the transmission period of the M PDSCHs, and the first information also includes an MCS table used for PDSCH transmission, that is, the MCS tables used for PDSCH transmission are all identical. That is, the first parameter is the identifier of the transmission parameter group, the second parameter is the transmission period of the PDSCH, and the third parameter is the MCS table used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the first parameter can be any of the PDSCH transmission period, the identifier of the transmission parameter group, and the MCS table used for PDSCH transmission.
  • the second parameter and the third parameter can be other than the first parameter. parameter. It should be understood that, in fact, there may be multiple combinations of M transmission parameter groups, and the above examples are only illustratively described and do not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device sends K PDSCHs to the terminal device, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, each PDSCH of the K PDSCHs corresponds to one of the M transmission parameter groups, and the first PDSCH corresponds to the first transmission Parameter group, the second PDSCH corresponds to a second transmission parameter group, the first PDSCH and the second PDSCH are different PDSCHs among the K PDSCHs, the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group Are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups.
  • the K PDSCHs may be PDSCHs without scheduling information.
  • the terminal device receives K PDSCHs.
  • K PDSCHs refer to PDSCHs that need to send feedback information in the same time unit. For example, suppose that PDSCH1 is received at time unit n, and according to the indication information in the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH1, it is determined that PDSCH1 should send feedback information at time unit n+4, and PDSCH2 is received at time unit n+2 According to the indication information in the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH2, it is determined that PDSCH2 should also send feedback information in time unit n+4, then these two PDSCHs are 2 data channels among the K PDSCHs. All PDSCHs that send feedback information in the same time unit are the K PDSCHs described in the embodiment of this application.
  • K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, that is to say, the embodiment of this application is aimed at a situation where at least two PDSCHs are fed back in the same time unit.
  • K PDSCHs refer to PDSCHs that need to send feedback information in the same time unit.
  • K PDSCHs can also be determined in other ways, and K PDSCHs determined in other ways are also applicable to this The application examples are not limited. The following describes how to determine K PDSCHs.
  • K PDSCHs refer to PDSCHs of the same service type.
  • the specific service type of the PDSCH can be determined according to the DCI format carried in the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH; alternatively, it can also be determined according to the transmission period of the PDSCH; alternatively, it can also be determined according to the identifier of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PDSCH Determine; or, it can also be determined according to the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PDSCH; or, it can also be determined according to the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) parity bits of the PDCCH )
  • the scrambled radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) is determined, and the PDCCH is the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH; or, it can be determined according to the search space or search space where the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is located.
  • Control resource set CORESET
  • multiple PDSCHs with the same DCI format carried in the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH are PDSCHs of the same service type.
  • the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH1 carries DCI format 1
  • the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH2 carries DCI format 1
  • the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH3 carries DCI format 2
  • PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the DCI formats carried in the activated PDCCHs corresponding to the K PDSCHs are the same.
  • the PDSCH transmission period is less than or equal to the first period threshold for one service type, and the PDSCH transmission period is greater than the first period threshold for another service type; or the PDSCH transmission period is less than the first period threshold for one service type.
  • the first period threshold may be predetermined by the protocol or indicated by high-level signaling.
  • the first period threshold is one time slot. For example, suppose the first period threshold is a time slot (for example, the time slot includes 14 symbols), the transmission period corresponding to PDSCH1 is 2 symbols, the transmission period corresponding to PDSCH2 is 7 symbols, and the transmission period corresponding to PDSCH3 is There are 2 time slots.
  • both 2 symbols and 7 symbols are less than one time slot, and it can be determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are PDSCHs of the same service type, and PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the transmission periods corresponding to the K PDSCHs are all less than or equal to the first period threshold, or are all greater than the first period threshold.
  • the identifier of the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH is less than or equal to the first identifier threshold is a service type, and the identifier of the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH is greater than the first identifier threshold is another service type; or, PDSCH
  • the identifier of the corresponding transmission parameter group is less than the first identifier threshold is a service type, and the identifier of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PDSCH is greater than or equal to the first identifier threshold is another service type.
  • the first identification threshold may be predetermined by the protocol or indicated by high-level signaling.
  • the first identification threshold is 2, where the identification of the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH1 is 1, the identification of the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH2 is 2, and the identification of the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH3 is 3.
  • the ID of PDSCH1 and the ID of PDSCH2 are less than or equal to 2, then it is determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are PDSCHs of the same service type, and PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the identities of the transmission parameter groups corresponding to the K PDSCHs are all less than or equal to the first identification threshold, or are all greater than the first identification threshold.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes a priority indication information, and the priority indication information indicates the service type of the PDSCH corresponding to the transmission parameter group.
  • the same priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PDSCH is the same service type.
  • the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH1 is 1, the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH2 is 1, and the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH3 is 3, you can see
  • the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH1 and the priority indication information in the transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH2 are both 1, it is determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are PDSCHs of the same service type, and PDSCH3 is another type PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the service types indicated by the priority indication information in the corresponding transmission parameter groups corresponding to the K PDSCHs are the same.
  • the same RNTI that scrambles the CRC parity bit of the PDCCH is the PDSCH of the same service type, where the PDCCH is the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • PDCCH1 is the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH1
  • the RNTI that scrambles the CRC parity bit of PDCCH1 is RNTI1
  • PDCCH2 is the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH2
  • the RNTI that scrambles the CRC parity bit of PDCCH2 is RNTI1
  • PDCCH3 is the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH3
  • the RNTI that scrambles the CRC parity bit of PDCCH3 is RNTI2, then it is determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are PDSCHs of the same service type, and PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the K RNTIs that scramble the CRC parity bit of the PDCCH are the same, where the PDCCH is the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the search space or CORESET of the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is the same PDSCH of the same service type. For example, if the search space where the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH1 is located is Search space1, the search space where the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH2 is located is Search space1, and the search space where the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH3 is located Search space2, it is determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are of the same type PDSCH of business type, PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the control resource set corresponding to the activated PDCCH of PDSCH1 is CORESET1
  • the control resource set corresponding to the activated PDCCH of PDSCH2 is CORESET1
  • the control resource set of the activated PDCCH corresponding to PDSCH3 is CORESET2
  • it is determined that PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 are the same PDSCH is a service type
  • PDSCH3 is another type of PDSCH.
  • the K PDSCHs belong to the same service type, and it can be considered that the search spaces or CORESETs of the activated PDCCHs corresponding to the K PDSCHs are the same.
  • K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, that is to say, the embodiment of this application is aimed at a situation where at least two PDSCHs belong to the same service type.
  • each PDSCH may correspond to a transmission parameter group. And, at least two PDSCHs correspond to different transmission parameter groups.
  • each PDSCH corresponds to an activated PDCCH
  • the activated PDCCH indicates an identifier of a transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups, that is, a transmission parameter group is correspondingly indicated.
  • the PDSCH1 is determined according to the activation of PDCCH1.
  • the activation of PDCCH1 indicates that the identifier of the transmission parameter group is 1, and the PDCCH1 will schedule a PDSCH transmission, and then according to the identifier of 1
  • the transmission period of the PDSCH in the transmission parameter group determines the time unit where the subsequent PDSCH is located.
  • Each PDSCH in all the subsequent PDSCHs corresponds to the transmission parameter group identified as 1.
  • the terminal device receives the first activated PDCCH, and the first activated PDCCH indicates that the first transmission parameter group is activated by indicating the identifier of the first transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups.
  • the terminal device schedules a PDSCH transmission through the first PDCCH, and then can determine the time unit where the subsequent PDSCH is located according to the transmission period of the PDSCH in the first transmission parameter group.
  • the PDSCHs determined according to the first transmission parameter group are all PDSCHs corresponding to the first transmission parameter group, that is, the first PDSCH.
  • the terminal device receives the second activated PDCCH, the second PDCCH activates the second transmission parameter group, and the second PDCCH is used to schedule another PDSCH transmission.
  • the terminal device can determine the time unit of the subsequent PDSCH according to the transmission period of the PDSCH in the second transmission parameter group.
  • the PDSCHs determined according to the second transmission parameter group are all PDSCHs corresponding to the second transmission parameter group, that is, the second PDSCH.
  • the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different, that is, K PDSCHs correspond to at least 2 transmission parameter groups.
  • S330 The terminal device determines the first transmission resource according to the first information.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs on the first transmission resource.
  • the network device receives the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs from the terminal device on the first transmission resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs is located in the same time slot.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs is located in the same sub-slot, and the sub-slot can be 1/2 slot, or 1/7 slot, or B symbols, and B is less than A positive integer of 14.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs generates a HARQ codebook.
  • the K PDSCHs are PDSCHs of the same service type.
  • the first transmission resource may be one or more PUCCH resources.
  • the terminal device may send HARQ feedback information corresponding to K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource, and the number of bits that can be carried on the one PUCCH resource is greater than or equal to the total number of HARQ feedback information bits corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the terminal device may also send HARQ feedback information corresponding to K PDSCHs on multiple PUCCH resources. It may send HARQ feedback information corresponding to one PDSCH on each PUCCH resource, or it may send more than two HARQ feedback information in one PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH (provided that the number of bits that can be carried by the one PUCCH resource can meet the bit requirements of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to more than two PDSCHs).
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs can be sent smoothly, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • Each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates one PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device can send the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs through multiple PUCCH resources.
  • the K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates one PUCCH resource, and R ⁇ K , And R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2; correspondingly, the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: determining the first transmission resource according to the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The first transmission resource.
  • the first transmission resources are R PUCCH resources indicated by resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • the R transmission parameter groups are transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups. Since K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, K PDSCHs correspond to R PUCCH resources indicated by resource indication information in R transmission parameter groups. If K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, the terminal device can use the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups to determine R PUCCH resources, and thus can use R PUCCH resources to send HARQ feedback corresponding to K PDSCHs Information to ensure that the HARQ feedback information of each PDSCH can be fed back normally, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the first information includes 4 transmission parameter groups.
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the first transmission parameter group indicates the first PUCCH resource
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the second transmission parameter group indicates the second PUCCH resource
  • the first PUCCH resource corresponds to the 5 PDSCHs, that is, The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 5 PDSCHs is sent on the first PUCCH resource
  • the second PUCCH resource corresponds to the 3 PDSCHs, that is, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 3 PDSCHs is sent on the second PUCCH resource .
  • the S340 includes: for each PUCCH resource among the R PUCCH resources, the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource.
  • the first information includes 8 transmission parameter groups.
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the first transmission parameter group indicates the first PUCCH resource
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the second transmission parameter group indicates the second PUCCH resource
  • the 6 PDSCH correspondences are sent on the first PUCCH resource
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 4 PDSCHs is sent on the second PUCCH.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs before using the R PUCCH resources, and may first determine whether the R PUCCH resources overlap. If there is no overlap, in each of the R PUCCH resources, send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource; if there is overlap, for the overlapped PUCCH resource, you need to select the PUCCH resource to send the overlapped PUCCH HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the resource.
  • any two PUCCH resources in the R PUCCH resources may overlap. It should be understood that the overlap of any two PUCCH resources means that the time unit occupied by one PUCCH resource in any two PUCCH resources and the time unit occupied by the other PUCCH resource have the same time unit.
  • the first information includes 4 transmission parameter groups.
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the first transmission parameter group indicates the first PUCCH resource
  • the resource indication information corresponding to the second transmission parameter group indicates the second PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource overlap.
  • the two PUCCH resources correspond to If the time domain symbols are not the same, it means that there is no overlap, then the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 5 PDSCHs is sent on the first PUCCH resource, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 3 PDSCHs is sent on the second PUCCH; Assuming that the time unit occupied by the first PUCCH resource is symbol 2 to symbol 5 in slot n, and the time unit occupied by the second PUCCH resource is symbol 4 to symbol 6 in slot n, the two PUCCH resources have the same The time unit of symbol 4 and symbol 5 indicates that the first PUCCH resource overlaps with the second PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the 5 PDSCHs cannot be sent on the first PUCCH resource, nor is it possible
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the three PDSCHs is sent on the second PUCCH, but the PUCCH resource needs to be selected to send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the overlapping PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent in the target PUCCH resource, and H ⁇ R, and H Is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the target uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the H PUCCH resources in the R PUCCH resources overlap in the time domain, which means that there are H PUCCH resources in the R PUCCH resources, and any PUCCH resource in the H PUCCH resources can be in the H PUCCH resources At least one PUCCH resource that overlaps with the PUCCH resource is found.
  • H PUCCH resources meeting the following conditions are called H PUCCH resources overlap in the time domain: the third PUCCH resource among the H PUCCH resources overlaps the fourth PUCCH resource, where the third PUCCH resource is except the fifth PUCCH resource
  • the time domain position of the end symbol of the fourth PUCCH resource is after the time domain position of the end symbol of the third PUCCH resource, and the end symbol of the fifth PUCCH resource is located at the end of the end symbols of the H PUCCH resources. That is to say, the PUCCH resources other than the last PUCCH resource among the H PUCCH resources.
  • this PUCCH resource the third PUCCH resource; we can always find an end symbol in the third PUCCH resource.
  • the PUCCH resource after the end symbol of the PUCCH resource is called the fourth PUCCH resource here, so that the third PUCCH resource and the fourth PUCCH resource overlap in the time domain.
  • PUCCH resource 1 (occupying symbol 1 and symbol 2)
  • PUCCH resource 2 (occupying symbol 3 and symbol 4)
  • PUCCH resource 3 (occupying symbol 2 and symbol 3)
  • PUCCH resource 4 (occupies symbols 7 and 8)
  • PUCCH resource 5 (occupies symbols 9 and 10)
  • PUCCH resource 6 (occupies symbols 8 and 9)
  • PUCCH resource 7 (occupies symbols 10 and Symbol 11).
  • PUCCH resource 1, PUCCH resource 2, and PUCCH resource 3 are 3 PUCCH resources that overlap among the 7 PUCCH resources.
  • any one of the 3 PUCCH resources can be in these 3 PUCCH resources. At least one PUCCH resource and its overlap are found in the PUCCH resources, and these 3 PUCCH resources do not overlap with the remaining 4 PUCCH resources among the 7 PUCCH resources.
  • PUCCH resource 4 (occupying symbol 7 and symbol 8), PUCCH resource 5 (occupying symbol 9 and symbol 10), PUCCH resource 6 (occupying symbol 8 and symbol 9), and PUCCH resource 7 (occupying symbol 10 and symbol 11) 7 PUCCH
  • PUCCH resource 4 occupying symbol 7 and symbol 8
  • PUCCH resource 5 occupying symbol 9 and symbol 10
  • PUCCH resource 6 occupying symbol 8 and symbol 9
  • PUCCH resource 7 occupying symbol 10 and symbol 11
  • any one of these 4 PUCCH resources can find at least one PUCCH resource and its overlap in these 4 PUCCH resources, and these 3 PUCCH resources and 7 PUCCH resources The remaining 3 PUCCH resources in have no overlap.
  • PUCCH resource 4 overlaps with PUCCH resource 6
  • PUCCH resource 5 overlaps with PUCCH resource 6 and PUCCH resource 7
  • PUCCH resource 6 overlaps with PUCCH resource 4 and PUCCH resource 5
  • PUCCH resource 7 overlaps with PUCCH resource 5.
  • the target PUCCH resource needs to be selected so that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent on the target PUCCH resource.
  • Two methods are provided for how to select the target PUCCH resource.
  • the target PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource with the highest starting time domain position among the H PUCCH resources. In this way, when the uplink control resources overlap, the PUCCH resource with the highest starting time domain can be selected to ensure that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be sent in time, which can be adapted to the HARQ feedback information of the downlink control channel Scenarios where the required feedback delay is small to ensure low service delay.
  • the PUCCH resource with the highest position in the time domain namely PUCCH resource 1
  • the PUCCH resource with the highest position in the time domain namely PUCCH resource 4
  • the PUCCH resource with the highest position in the time domain namely PUCCH resource 4
  • the target PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource with the lowest starting time domain position among the H PUCCH resources.
  • the lowest PUCCH resource in the starting time domain can be selected to ensure that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be sent normally, which can be adapted to the requirements of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH
  • sufficient processing time can be reserved for the terminal device, and the HARQ feedback information in all overlapping H PUCCHs can be packaged and fed back to ensure that the HARQ feedback information can be fed back smoothly.
  • the PUCCH resource with the lowest position in the time domain namely PUCCH resource 2
  • the PUCCH resource with the lowest position in the time domain can be selected; assuming that the H PUCCH resources are labeled For PUCCH resources 4-7, the PUCCH resource with the lowest position in the time domain can be selected, that is, PUCCH resource 7.
  • the target PUCCH resource is a PUCCH resource that satisfies the feedback delay required for transmitting HARQ feedback information of the downlink control channel corresponding to the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources among the H PUCCH resources.
  • the feedback delay required for the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCHs corresponding to the H PUCCH resources refers to the time at which the last PDSCH is located from the time domain position among all the PDSCHs corresponding to all the H PUCCH resources
  • the end position of the unit is the minimum number of time units, such as the minimum number of symbols of the interval, between the PUCCH start time unit that sends the HARQ feedback information corresponding to all PDSCHs.
  • the feedback delay is T symbols.
  • the PUCCH resource that satisfies the feedback delay required by the HARQ feedback information means that the time domain position corresponding to the PUCCH resource is between the end position of the time unit where the last PDSCH is located, and the number of symbols in the interval is greater than or equal to all The feedback delay T. And, finally, from all the PUCCH resources that can satisfy the feedback delay among the H PUCCH resources, the PUCCH resource with the highest time domain can be selected as the target PUCCH resource. This can ensure that sufficient time is given to the terminal device to perform the combined feedback processing of multiple HARQ feedback information, to ensure that multiple HARQ feedback information is sent smoothly, and the earliest PUCCH resource that satisfies the feedback delay is selected, thereby reducing the delay as much as possible.
  • the 3 PUCCHs correspond to 3 PDSCHs, where the end symbol of the last PDSCH in the time domain is at symbol k, and the 3 PDSCHs can be sent from this symbol k to the earliest.
  • the H PUCCH resources are PUCCH resource 1 to PUCCH resource 3 in FIG. 4, and the HARQ feedback information carried in the 3 PUCCH resources needs to be fed back together.
  • the terminal equipment needs a certain amount of time to connect these HARQ feedback information in series and feedback. Assuming that the HARQ feedback information sent on PUCCH resource 1 cannot meet the time delay, and the HARQ feedback information sent on PUCCH resource 2 meets the time delay, then PUCCH resource 3 is selected as the target PUCCH resource, and the HARQ feedback information is sent.
  • PUCCH resource 2 can also meet the time delay
  • PUCCH resource 3 is ahead of PUCCH resource 2 in the time domain, so PUCCH resource 3 is selected as the target PUCCH resource to transmit the HARQ feedback information carried in the 3 PUCCH resources to Reduce time delay.
  • the target PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource with the highest priority among the H PUCCH resources.
  • the priority refers to the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource.
  • PUCCH resources with higher priority are used to transmit HARQ feedback information of PDSCH with higher priority, in order to ensure the reliability of PDSCH with higher priority, the time-frequency resource occupied by the PUCCH resource with the highest priority It is relatively large, that is, the HARQ feedback information sent on the PUCCH resource with the highest priority can achieve a relatively low code rate, thereby ensuring that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be sent with relatively high reliability.
  • the priority of the PDSCH may be determined according to the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • one way includes: determining the priority of the PDSCH according to the priority indication field in the activated PDCCH.
  • the activated PDCCH contains 3 bits, which can indicate a total of 8 priorities.
  • a method includes: determining the priority of the PDSCH according to the transmission parameter group indication field in the activated PDCCH, and the smaller the value of the activation parameter group identifier is, the higher the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the activation parameter group is. Assuming that the activated PDCCH contains 3 bits, a total of 8 transmission parameter groups can be indicated. Optionally, the lower the transmission parameter group value indicated in the activated PDCCH, the higher the priority of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH, or the higher the transmission parameter group value indicated in the activated PDCCH, the higher the priority of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH high.
  • bit sequence For example, if the bit sequence is 000, it means that the transmission parameter group corresponding to the bit sequence has the highest priority, and if the bit sequence is 111, it means that the transmission parameter group corresponding to the bit sequence has the lowest priority. For another example, if the bit sequence is 000, it means that the transmission parameter group corresponding to the bit sequence has the lowest priority, and if the bit sequence is 111, it means that the transmission parameter group corresponding to the bit sequence has the highest priority.
  • one way includes: determining the priority of the PDSCH according to the time domain resource indicator field of the data in the activated PDCCH, the shorter the time domain length L indicated by the time domain resource indicator field, the higher the corresponding PDSCH priority. For example, assuming that the time domain length indicated by the time domain resource indicator field contained in the activated PDCCH is 7, it means that the PDSCH corresponding to the time domain length has the lowest priority; suppose the time domain indicated by the time domain resource indicator domain contained in the PDCCH is activated The length L is 2, which means that the PDSCH corresponding to the time domain length has the highest priority.
  • one way includes: determining the priority of the PDSCH according to the time domain position of the activated PDCCH, and the lower the time domain position of the activated PDCCH, the higher the priority. For example, suppose that the time domain position of one PDCCH is activated at symbol 0, and the time domain position of the other activated PDCCH is at symbol 4. The priority of the time domain position of the activated PDCCH on symbol 4 is higher than that of activation on symbol 1. PDCCH.
  • the priority of the PDSCH may be determined according to the time domain position of the PDSCH, and the lower the time domain position of the PDSCH, the higher the priority of the corresponding PDSCH. For example, assuming that the time domain position of PDSCH1 is at symbol 1 of time slot 1, and the time domain position of PDSCH2 is at symbol 5 of time slot 1, then the priority of PDSCH2 is higher than the priority of PDSCH1.
  • the target PUCCH resource is the PUCCH resource with the lowest priority among the H PUCCH resources.
  • the PUCCH resource with the lowest priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource can be selected to ensure that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be sent normally. Since the PUCCH resource with the lowest priority may occupy less time-frequency resources, when overlap occurs, selecting the PUCCH resource with the lowest priority to send HARQ feedback information can reduce the overhead of uplink resources.
  • the foregoing various methods for selecting the target PUCCH resource can be used in combination when there is no conflict and the logic is reasonable, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, if there are multiple PUCCH resources with the highest priority among the H PUCCH resources, the PUCCH resource with the highest starting time domain may be preferred as the target PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource may be arranged in a certain order.
  • the arrangement order of the HARQ feedback information may be one or more of the following: the transmission sequence of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information in the time domain is from front to back; the identification ID corresponding to the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information is from small to large ( Or from large to small); the front-to-back order of the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information, so as to ensure that the network device can identify which PDSCH the feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource corresponds to.
  • Feedback Assume that the PDSCH corresponding to the Y1 bit is transmitted first in the time domain, the PDSCH corresponding to the Y2 bit is second only to the PDSCH corresponding to the Y1 bit in the time domain, and the PDSCH corresponding to the Y3 bit is transmitted last in the time domain.
  • the arrangement order of the Y-bit HARQ feedback information is: Y1 bit, Y2 bit, and Y3 bit. Assuming that the ID of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y1 bit is 1, the ID of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y2 bit is 2, and the ID of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y3 bit is 3. If according to the order of the PDSCH ID from small to large, the Y-bit HARQ feedback information The arrangement order is: Y1 bit, Y2 bit and Y3 bit.
  • the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y1 bit is the first in the time domain
  • the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y2 bit is second only to the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y1 bit in the time domain
  • the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the Y3 bit is in the The last in the time domain, if the PDCCH is activated from front to back in the time domain, the order of Y-bit HARQ feedback information is: Y1 bit, Y2 bit, and Y3 bit.
  • the target PUCCH resource may not be enough to carry the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources, that is, the target PUCCH resource can carry a maximum of X bits of feedback information, but the H PUCCH resources correspond to
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH has Y bits in total, and Y is greater than X.
  • the Y bits may be arranged in a certain order, the first X bits of the Y bits are carried on the target PUCCH resource for transmission, and the remaining YX bits of the Y bits are discarded .
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources needs to be arranged in a certain order, and carried in the order of the HARQ feedback information, that is, the HARQ feedback information with the lower order of arrangement, if it cannot be carried in the On the target PUCCH resource, the HARQ feedback information is discarded, thereby ensuring that the HARQ feedback information arranged in the front can be sent normally, ensuring data scheduling for the HARQ feedback information arranged in the front, and maximizing the use of uplink resources.
  • the network device can configure multiple PUCCH resources for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may select the target PUCCH resource among multiple PUCCH resources, so as to send HARQ feedback information of PDSCH corresponding to the overlapping PUCCH resources.
  • the method 300 further includes:
  • the network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information includes G pieces of resource indication information, each of the G pieces of resource indication information indicates one PUCCH resource, and G is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal device receives the second information, and then determines one of the G PUCCH resources indicated by the G resource indication information according to the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources PUCCH resources are used as the target PUCCH resources.
  • the terminal device receives the second information.
  • the network device may send the second information to the terminal device through high-layer signaling.
  • the terminal device receives high-level signaling, and the high-level signaling includes the second information.
  • the network device may also determine that one PUCCH resource among the G PUCCH resources is the target PUCCH resource according to the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources.
  • the total bits of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be carried and the PUCCH resource with the smallest number of resources is the target PUCCH resource.
  • the selected target PUCCH resource can carry the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources, thereby ensuring that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources can be fed back smoothly, thereby ensuring that the network equipment normally receives HARQ Feedback information, schedule retransmission in time, and ensure data reliability and delay.
  • the terminal device or the network device may determine the total number of bits in the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources. Among the resources, one PUCCH resource that can satisfy the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is selected as the target PUCCH resource.
  • the bit intervals are as follows: the first PUCCH resource can carry 1-10 bits, the second One PUCCH resource can carry 11-20 bits, the third PUCCH resource can carry 21-30 bits, the fourth PUCCH resource can carry 31-40 bits, the fifth PUCCH resource can carry 41-50 bits, and the sixth PUCCH resource can carry 41-50 bits.
  • the resource can carry 51-60 bits.
  • the first PUCCH resource among the 6 PUCCH resources is selected; if the number of HARQ feedback information bits is 11-20 bits, it corresponds to the second PUCCH resource; and so on, If the number of HARQ feedback information bits is 51-60 bits, it corresponds to the sixth PUCCH resource. For example, if the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is 35 bits, then the fourth PUCCH resource among the 6 resources is selected as the target PUCCH resource.
  • each PUCCH resource in the G PUCCH resources may correspond to a feedback information bit interval, and the specific corresponding relationship may be predefined according to the protocol, or may also be indicated in the second information. The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource may be arranged in a certain order.
  • the order of the HARQ feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource may be one or more of the following: the transmission order of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information in the time domain is from front to back; the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information corresponds to The ID of the ID is from small to large (or from large to small); the order of the activated PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information from front to back.
  • the network device can identify which PDSCH the HARQ feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource corresponds to.
  • the sequence of the HARQ feedback information sent on the target PUCCH resource reference may be made to the description in Manner 1. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information corresponding to K PDSCHs before using the R PUCCH resources, and may first determine whether the R PUCCH resources overlap. If there is no overlap, in each of the R PUCCH resources, send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource; if there is overlap, send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to some PUCCH resources, and cancel some PUCCHs The transmission of HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the resource.
  • the H PUCCH resources in the R PUCCH resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups overlap in the time domain, send the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource
  • the HARQ feedback information of the corresponding PDSCH, the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource is cancelled, the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource are different PUCCH resources in the H PUCCH resources, so
  • the first PUCCH resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of resources included in the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource.
  • the following describes possible relationships between the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource.
  • the priority of the first PUCCH resource is higher than the priority of the second PUCCH resource.
  • the priority is the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource.
  • the priority of PDSCH can be determined according to the aforementioned method. If the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is higher than the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource, the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource, and cancels it Transmission of HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource. In this way, when PUCCH resources overlap (which can also be understood as collision), it can be ensured that the HARQ feedback information of the high-priority PDSCH can be sent preferentially, thereby ensuring the reliability of high-priority service transmission.
  • PUCCH resource 1 occupies symbol 1 and symbol 2
  • PUCCH resource 2 occupies symbol 2
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is sent, and the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 is discarded;
  • the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is lower than the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 is sent, and the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is discarded.
  • PUCCH resource 1 occupies symbol 1 and symbol 2
  • PUCCH resource 2 occupies symbol 2
  • PUCCH resource 3 occupies symbol 4 and symbol 5, namely PUCCH resource 1 and PUCCH
  • the overlapping part of resource 2 is symbol 2
  • the overlapping part of PUCCH resource 2 and PUCCH resource 3 is symbol 4, that is, the three PUCCH resources overlap in the time domain. If the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is higher than the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2, then the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is sent on PUCCH resource 1, and the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 is discarded. HARQ feedback information.
  • HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 3 can also be sent. If the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is lower than the priority of PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2, then the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 1 is discarded, and then the priority of PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 and PUCCH 3 can be compared. level.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 3 is sent, and the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 is discarded; if the priority corresponding to PUCCH2 is high Based on the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 3, the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 2 is sent, and the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to PUCCH resource 3 is discarded.
  • the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is smaller than the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource, And cancel the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
  • the uplink control resources overlap, it can be ensured that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH with a smaller transmission period can be sent preferentially, thereby ensuring the reliability of service transmission.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH with a smaller period is sent first, which can ensure the delay of service transmission.
  • the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second PUCCH. That is, if the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second PUCCH resource, the terminal device sends the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource on the first PUCCH resource. HARQ feedback information, and cancel the transmission of HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH with a smaller transmission parameter group number can be sent preferentially, thereby ensuring the reliability of service transmission.
  • the downlink control channel with a smaller transmission parameter group label may be a more important PDSCH with a higher priority.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH with a higher priority is sent, which can give priority to ensuring the reliability and timeliness of the high-priority service. Extension.
  • the time domain position of the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is located later than the time domain position of the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource. That is, if the time domain position of the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource is later than the time domain position of the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH, the terminal device is in the first On the PUCCH resource, sending the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource, and canceling the sending of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the second PUCCH resource.
  • the network device sends the subsequent activated PDCCH, it already knows that the PUCCH resources will overlap according to the resource indication, but still sends the activated PDCCH, which means that the PDSCH corresponding to the later activated PDCCH is compared.
  • Urgent that is, the requirement for delay is relatively high, and the immediate delay is lower, so the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PDCCH that is activated later is sent first, which can meet the delay requirements of services with relatively urgent delay.
  • the priority of the PUCCH resource, the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource, or the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the PUCCH resource is used as a weighing factor to select which PUCCH resources correspond to the PDSCH HARQ feedback information to be sent or cancelled.
  • the above three measurement factors can also be used in combination, that is, based on multiple of the above three measurement factors, the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to which PUCCH resources can be selected to be sent or cancelled.
  • the terminal device may select which PUCCH resources correspond to the PDSCH HARQ feedback information to be sent or cancelled based on the priority of the PUCCH resources and the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resources. If the terminal device first selects based on the priority of the PUCCH resource, if the priority of the PUCCH is the same, then select based on the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH is sent through defined rules to ensure that the terminal equipment and the network equipment understand the same, so as to ensure the normal communication, that is, HARQ
  • the feedback information is sent normally to ensure the timely transmission of HARQ feedback information for high-priority services or services with relatively high reliability and delay requirements, thereby ensuring reliability and delay.
  • the first transmission resource is a PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device may send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource.
  • the first information further includes first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first transmission resource.
  • the network device can directly indicate a PUCCH resource for the terminal device through the first resource indication information, so that the terminal device can send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the number of bits that can be carried in the first PUCCH resource can satisfy the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the number of bits that can be carried in the first PUCCH resource is at least more than 2 bits.
  • the dynamically scheduled PDSCH refers to a PDSCH in which a corresponding PDCCH must be sent every time new data is transmitted.
  • the terminal device may add the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs after the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the dynamically scheduled PDSCH to generate a new HARQ feedback information, called HARQ-ACK codebook, and then write Send on a transmission resource.
  • HARQ-ACK codebook a new HARQ feedback information
  • the first transmission resource may be determined according to the number of bits of the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the network device may send the third information to the terminal device through high-layer signaling.
  • the third information indicates F PUCCH resource sets, and F is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device receives the third information.
  • the terminal device may determine a PUCCH resource set among the F PUCCH resource sets according to the total number of bits of the HARQ-ACK codebook, and then select one PUCCH resource from the PUCCH resource set as the first transmission resource.
  • the manner in which the terminal device selects one PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set may be determined according to the dynamically scheduled PDSCH and the PDCCH with the lowest position in the time domain among all PDCCHs corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the last PDCCH includes a bit field to indicate that one PUCCH resource in the one PUCCH resource set is the first transmission resource.
  • the network device determines, according to the total number of bits of the HARQ-ACK codebook, one PUCCH resource in the F PUCCH resource sets as the first transmission resource.
  • the first transmission resource is determined according to the total number of bits in the HARQ-ACK codebook and the last PDCCH, all the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH can be transmitted on the first transmission resource, which can ensure that the HARQ feedback information can be Smooth feedback, so as to ensure that the network equipment normally receives the HARQ feedback information, schedules retransmissions in time, and ensures data reliability and delay.
  • the terminal device also sends HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource.
  • the difference from the second possible implementation manner is that the terminal device needs to select an appropriate PUCCH resource among multiple PUCCH resources to send the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the first information further includes N resource indication information, and each resource indication information in the N resource indication information indicates a PUCCH resource, and N is an integer greater than 1; accordingly, the first information is determined according to the first information.
  • a transmission resource includes: according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs, determining one PUCCH resource as the first transmission resource among the N PUCCH resources indicated by the N resource indication information.
  • the network device can configure multiple PUCCH resources for the terminal device, so that the terminal device selects a PUCCH resource that satisfies the total number of bits of feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs among the multiple PUCCH resources, so that the selected PUCCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs is sent on the resource.
  • the number of bits that can be carried in a PUCCH resource selected by the terminal device can meet the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the number of bits that can be carried by one PUCCH resource selected by the terminal device is at least greater than 2. Bits.
  • the network device may also determine one PUCCH resource among the N PUCCH resources as the first transmission resource according to the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs.
  • the PUCCH resource that can carry the total bits of HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs and has the smallest number of resources is the first transmission resource.
  • the terminal devices all send the HARQ feedback information corresponding to K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource.
  • the sending format of the HARQ feedback information can be predefined, for example, the number of HARQ feedback information bits corresponding to the K PDSCHs, and the order of the bits. The number of HARQ feedback information bits corresponding to K PDSCHs and the sequence of these bits are explained in two ways.
  • sending, on the first transmission resource, the terminal device the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs includes: sending only the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs on the first transmission resource.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information of all activated PDSCHs on the first transmission resource, and all the activated PDSCHs include the K PDSCHs, where the activated PDSCH refers to: the network device sends activations to the terminal Multiple activated PDCCHs, each PDCCH schedules a PDSCH, and the time unit where multiple PDSCHs are located can be determined according to the transmission period. Among the time units where all PDSCHs indicated by the activated PDCCH are located, some PDSCH time units will receive PDSCH, and some PDSCH time units may not receive PDSCH, but these PDSCHs (including received PDSCHs) And the unreceived PDSCH) need to send HARQ feedback information in the same time unit.
  • each of these time units corresponds to a HARQ feedback message. If data is received on the time unit, the corresponding feedback information (ACK or NACK) is sent; if there is no corresponding data received, the feedback information corresponding to the time unit is NACK. In this way, it can be ensured that the number of bits of the HARQ feedback information is fixed, and the total number of bits of the feedback information will not change due to a certain data not being received, thereby ensuring the reliability of HARQ feedback information transmission. In other words, even if the PDSCH is not received in some time units where the PDSCH is not received, the corresponding HARQ information feedback position will be reserved for the PDSCH not received.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information of PDSCHs corresponding to M transmission parameter groups on the first transmission resource, and the PDSCHs corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups include the K PDSCHs.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is described with reference to the example in FIG. 6.
  • PDSCH1 represents the PDSCH corresponding to the first group of transmission parameters, which is the first group of activated PDSCH
  • PDSCH2 represents the PDSCH corresponding to the second group of transmission parameters, which is the second group of activated PDSCH
  • PDSCH3 represents the corresponding third group of transmission parameters
  • the PDSCH is the third activated PDSCH. In other words, there are 6 PDSCHs in total.
  • the transmission period of the PDSCH corresponding to each set of SPS configuration is 7 symbols.
  • the time domain resource locations where the 4 PDSCHs are located are shown in the shaded part in the figure.
  • one PDSCH is received at the positions of the first PDSCH1 and the first PDSCH3, and one PDSCH is received at the positions of both PDSCH2.
  • the terminal device sends corresponding HARQ feedback information (ACK/NACK), and fills N in the corresponding position where no data is received.
  • ACK/NACK HARQ feedback information
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource includes the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to all activated SPS configurations. Assuming that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to each SPS configuration occupies 2 bits, the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the activated 3 sets of SPS configurations occupies 6 bits.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource includes HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups. Assuming that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to each SPS configuration occupies 2 bits, the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the configured 4 sets of SPS configurations occupies 8 bits.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource only includes the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the K transmission parameter groups. Assuming that 4 PDSCHs are received, the HARQ feedback information of the 4 PDSCHs occupies 4 bits.
  • the sequence of the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource may be carried in the first transmission in the order of one or more of the following: In terms of resources: the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information is from high to low (or from low to high); the transmission sequence of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information in the time domain is from front to back; the identification ID corresponding to the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information From small to large (or from large to small).
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, wherein the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information
  • the HARQ feedback information satisfies the following conditions: the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is the same as the priority of the second HARQ feedback
  • the PDSCH corresponding to the information has the same priority, and the starting position of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than the starting position of the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information in the time domain.
  • first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are two different HARQ feedback information in the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource can be arranged in the order of the priority of the corresponding PDSCH from high to low; if the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information is the same, the The transmission sequence of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information in the time domain is arranged from front to back.
  • the priority of the PDSCH can be determined according to the method described above, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device may arrange the HARQ feedback information of multiple PDSCHs in order of the priority of the PDSCH from high to low, thereby ensuring that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH with a higher priority is sent first. Further, if there are multiple PDSCH HARQ feedback information with the same priority, they can be arranged from front to back according to the transmission order of the PDSCH in the time domain, so as to ensure the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH transmitted first when the priority is the same. Priority delivery. This can ensure that the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH in the predefined sequence. After receiving the HARQ feedback information, the network device determines whether the PDSCH is decoded correctly according to the sequence of the HARQ feedback information and determines the subsequent scheduling strategy. Ensure normal communication.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is described with reference to the example in FIG. 6 and how to sort the HARQ feedback information when the priority of the PDSCH is different.
  • the priority of PDSCH2 is higher than the priority of PDSCH3
  • the priority of PDSCH3 is higher than that of PDSCH1.
  • the HARQ feedback information is defined to include all the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the activated SPS configuration: assuming that each set of SPS configuration corresponds to the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH occupies 2 bits, then 3 sets of activated
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the SPS configuration occupies 6 bits, that is, 6 bits of HARQ feedback information need to be fed back.
  • the 6-bit HARQ feedback information is the first 2 bits, the middle 2 bits, and the last 2 bits in the order of priority.
  • the first 2 bits of the 6 bits feed back the feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2.
  • the time domain order can be considered, specifically: in the first 2 bits, the feedback information of the PDSCH with the earlier time domain transmission can be fed back first, that is, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH2 occupying the symbol 2 and the symbol 3 may be fed back first. , And then feed back the feedback information of PDSCH2 in symbols 9 and 10.
  • the middle 2 bits of the 6 bits send the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH that is transmitted earlier in the time domain can also be given priority feedback, that is, the PDSCH3 that occupies symbols 4 and 5 is given priority to feedback
  • the HARQ feedback information is fed back, followed by the HARQ feedback information of PDSCH3 in symbols 11 and 12.
  • the last 2 bits of the 6 bits feed back the feedback information of PDSCH1.
  • the feedback information of the PDSCH that is transmitted earlier in the time domain is given priority, that is, the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH1 occupying symbols 0 and 1 is given priority. Feedback information of PDSCH1 in symbols 7 and 8.
  • the data is received in the first bit and The second bit is filled with the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2 of symbols 2 and 3 and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2 of symbols 9 and 10, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3 of symbols 4 and 5 is filled in the third bit. If 4 bits are not received, fill in NACK, fill in the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 of symbol 0 and symbol 1 in the 5th bit, fill in NACK if no data is received in the 6th bit.
  • the HARQ feedback information is defined to include the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups, assuming that each set of SPS configuration corresponds to the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH occupies 2 bits, 4 sets are configured
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the SPS configuration occupies 8 bits, that is, 8 bits of HARQ feedback information need to be fed back.
  • the specific transmission parameter group corresponding to PDSCH4 is configured, PDSCH4 is not activated, that is, PDSCH4 is not received.
  • the 8-bit HARQ feedback information is divided into 4 groups of 2 bits in order of priority, which are the first group of bits (including The first and second bits), the second group of bits (including the third and fourth bits), the third group of bits (including the fifth and sixth bits), and the fourth group of bits (including the seventh and fourth bits) Bit 8). Since the priority of PDSCH2 is higher than the priority of PDSCH3, higher than the priority of PDSCH1, and higher than the priority of PDSCH4, the first group of bits in the 8 bits feeds back the feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2.
  • the time domain order can be considered, specifically: in the first group of bits, the feedback information of the PDSCH with the earlier time domain transmission can be fed back first, that is, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH2 that occupies symbols 2 and 3 can be given priority feedback , And then feed back the feedback information of PDSCH2 in symbols 9 and 10.
  • the second group of bits in the 8 bits sends the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH with the highest time domain transmission can also be given priority feedback, that is, the PDSCH3 occupying symbols 4 and 5 is given priority.
  • the third group of bits in the 8 bits feeds back the feedback information of PDSCH1.
  • the feedback information of the PDSCH that is transmitted earlier in the time domain is preferentially fed back, that is, the feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 that occupies symbols 0 and symbol 1 is given priority.
  • the feedback information of PDSCH1 in symbols 7 and 8 is fed back.
  • the fourth group of bits is filled with PDSCH4 feedback information.
  • the data is received in the first bit and The second bit is filled with the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2 of symbols 2 and 3 and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2 of symbols 9 and 10, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3 of symbols 4 and 5 is filled in the third bit. If 4 bits are not received, fill in NACK, fill in the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 of symbol 0 and symbol 1 in the 5th bit, fill in NACK if no data is received in the 6th bit. In addition, if no data is received at the 7th bit and the 8th bit, NACK is filled.
  • the HARQ feedback information is defined to include only the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the K transmission parameter groups: assuming that 4 PDSCHs are received, the HARQ feedback information of the 4 PDSCHs occupies 4 bits, that is To feed back 4-bit HARQ feedback information.
  • the 4-bit HARQ feedback information is the first bit, the second bit, the third bit, and the fourth bit in the order of priority. Since the priority of PDSCH2 is higher than the priority of PDSCH3 and higher than the priority of PDSCH1, the first 2 bits of the 4 bits feed back the feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2.
  • the time domain order can be considered, specifically: in the first 2 bits, the feedback information of the PDSCH with the earlier time domain transmission can be fed back first, that is, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH2 occupying the symbol 2 and the symbol 3 may be fed back first. , And then feed back the feedback information of PDSCH2 in symbols 9 and 10. Since PDSCH2 of symbols 2 and 3 and PDSCH2 of symbols 9 and 10 are all received, the first bit is filled with the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2 of symbol 2 and symbol 3, and the second bit is filled with PDSCH2 of symbols 9 and 10 HARQ feedback information.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3 of symbol 4 and symbol 5 is filled in the third bit. Since PDSCH1 only receives data in symbol 0 and symbol 1, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 of symbol 0 and symbol 1 is filled in the fourth bit.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, and the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information ID is smaller than the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information and the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information
  • the numbers are the same, and the start position of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than the start position of the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information in the time domain.
  • first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are two different HARQ feedback information in the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource may be arranged in the order of the identification number of the corresponding PDSCH transmission parameter group from small to large (or from large to small); if the HARQ feedback information
  • the identification numbers of the transmission parameter groups of the corresponding PDSCHs are the same, and the PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ feedback information are arranged from front to back in the transmission sequence in the time domain.
  • the arrangement of the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource may be: HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1, HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2, and HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 sent in the first cycle and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1 sent in the second cycle can be fed back in priority
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, and the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information ID is smaller than the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information and the ID of the PDSCH transmission parameter group corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information
  • the numbers are the same, and the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information.
  • first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are two different HARQ feedback information in the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource may be arranged in the order of the identification number of the corresponding PDSCH transmission parameter group from small to large (or from large to small); if the HARQ feedback information
  • the identification numbers of the transmission parameter groups of the corresponding PDSCHs are the same, and are arranged according to the priority of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information from high to low.
  • the arrangement of HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource may be: HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH1, HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH2, and HARQ feedback information corresponding to PDSCH3.
  • the priority of PDSCH1 and the priority of PDSCH2 can be compared. If the priority of PDSCH2 is higher than the priority of PDSCH1, PDSCH2 can be fed back preferentially Corresponding HARQ feedback information. Among them, the priority of the PDSCH can refer to the previous description, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device sending HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs on the first transmission resource includes: determining A PDSCH occasions corresponding to the K PDSCHs; A is a positive integer less than or equal to K; On the first transmission resource, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the A PDSCH opportunities is sent.
  • the terminal device determining the A PDSCH occasions corresponding to the K PDSCHs includes: determining the A PDSCH occasions according to the K PDSCH resources corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • the terminal device selects the first PDSCH resource with the top end symbol from the K PDSCH resources, and then determines all PDSCH resources overlapping the first PDSCH resource among the K PDSCH resources as the first type of PDSCH resource .
  • These first-type PDSCH resources are the first PDSCH occasion among A PDSCH occasions; after that, the first-type PDSCH resources are removed from the K PDSCH resources, and the second PDSCH resource with the highest end symbol is selected from the remaining PDSCH resources , Determine all PDSCH resources that overlap with the second PDSCH resource among the remaining PDSCH resources as the second type of PDSCH resources.
  • These second-type PDSCH resources are the second PDSCH opportunity among the A PDSCH opportunities; by analogy, A PDSCH opportunity can be determined.
  • PDSCH resource 1 (occupies symbol 1 and symbol 2)
  • PDSCH resource 2 (Occupies symbol 3 and symbol 4)
  • PDSCH resource 3 (occupies symbol 2 and symbol 3)
  • PDSCH resource 4 (occupies symbol 7 and symbol 8)
  • PDSCH resource 5 (occupies symbol 9 and symbol 10)
  • PDSCH resource 6 (occupies Symbol 8 and symbol 9), PDSCH resource 7 (occupying symbol 10 and symbol 11).
  • the end symbol of PDSCH resource 1 is the first, and the time domain resource overlapping with PDSCH resource 1 is PDSCH resource 3. These two PDSCH resources are the first PDSCH opportunity. After removing PDSCH resource 1 and PDSCH resource 3, PDSCH resource 2 is the first end symbol.
  • PDSCH resource 2 is the second PDSCH timing: After removing PDSCH resources 1-3, among the remaining resources of the 7 PDSCH resources, the end symbol of PDSCH resource 4 is the first, and the time domain resource overlapping with PDSCH resource 4 is PDSCH resource 6, then PDSCH resource 4 And PDSCH resource 6 is the third PDSCH opportunity; after removing PDSCH resources 1-4 and PDSCH resource 6, in the remaining resources of the 7 PDSCH resources, the end symbol of PDSCH resource 5 is the first, and is the same as PDSCH resource 5.
  • the overlapping time domain resource is PDSCH resource 7, and PDSCH resource 5 and PDSCH resource 7 are the fourth PDSCH opportunity. In other words, a total of 4 PDSCH opportunities are finally determined.
  • sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the A PDSCH occasions on the first transmission resource includes: sending each PDSCH in the A PDSCH occasions in the order of the A PDSCH occasions from front to back in the time domain HARQ feedback information corresponding to the timing.
  • the 4-bit HARQ feedback information corresponds to the first to fourth PDSCH in turn opportunity.
  • the first bit corresponds to PDSCH resource 1 and PDSCH resource 3
  • the second bit corresponds to PDSCH resource 2
  • the third bit corresponds to PDSCH resource 4 and PDSCH resource 6
  • the fourth bit corresponds to PDSCH resource 5 and PDSCH resource 7.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to each PDSCH timing refers to the ACK or NACK feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH received in the PDSCH resource included in the PDSCH timing; if no PDSCH is received in the PDSCH resource included in the PDSCH timing, Then, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH timing is filled with NACK.
  • only one PDSCH may be received by the terminal device for the PDSCH sent by the network device at the same PDSCH occasion.
  • the second and fourth bits of the 4-bit feedback information are filled in the data received by PDSCH resource 2 and PDSCH resource 5, respectively If the HARQ feedback information is ACK or NACK, and no PDSCH is received in the remaining PDSCH resources, NACK is filled, that is, the first and third bits are filled with NACK information.
  • Each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S PUCCH resource sets. Wherein, the S is a positive integer. In this way, the terminal device can send the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs through multiple PUCCH resources.
  • the K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group of the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S PUCCH resource sets, and R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: determining R PUCCH resource groups according to resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • one PUCCH resource group includes S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the number of PUCCH resource sets included in each PUCCH resource group may be the same or different, or may be partly the same and partly different.
  • each PUCCH resource group includes S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the first transmission resource includes the first PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set in each PUCCH resource group in the R PUCCH resource groups, that is, the first transmission resource includes R PUCCH resources.
  • the first transmission resource includes R PUCCH resources
  • each PUCCH resource in the R PUCCH resources is one PUCCH resource in one PUCCH resource set in one PUCCH resource group.
  • the terminal device can use the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups to determine R PUCCH resource groups, from which R A PUCCH resource set is determined in each PUCCH resource group in the PUCCH resource group, and then a PUCCH resource is determined from the PUCCH resource set, thereby determining R PUCCH resources, so that R PUCCH resources can be used to send K downlink data
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the channel ensures that the HARQ feedback information of each downlink data channel can be fed back normally, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • K PDSCHs correspond to 4 transmission parameter groups.
  • Each transmission parameter group contains one resource indication information
  • the resource indication information indicates 8 PUCCH resource sets
  • 4 PUCCH resource groups are determined
  • each PUCCH resource group Indicates 8 PUCCH resource sets.
  • the first PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set in the 8 PUCCH resource sets in each control channel resource group is a PUCCH resource used to transmit HARQ feedback information.
  • There are 4 PUCCH resource groups, so the first transmission The resources include 4 PUCCH resources.
  • the indication information in each transmission parameter group is independent of each other, and the number of PUCCH resources indicated by the resource indication information in different transmission parameter groups may be different.
  • the first transmission parameter group includes one resource indication information indicating 4 PUCCH resource sets
  • the second transmission parameter group includes one resource indication information indicating 8 PUCCH resource sets. Since K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups corresponds to K3 PDSCHs in the K PDSCH, and each transmission parameter group corresponds to S PUCCH resource sets, then this K3 Each PDSCH will also correspond to S PUCCH resource sets, and K3 is a positive integer.
  • the first PUCCH resource set is the PUCCH resource set indicated by the resource indication information.
  • Each transmission parameter group corresponds to only one PUCCH resource set.
  • the terminal device can directly send the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH in a certain PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set without determining a PUCCH from multiple PUCCH resource sets. The process of resource collection reduces the complexity of terminal equipment determining resources.
  • one PUCCH resource set is determined as the first PUCCH resource set from the S PUCCH resource sets.
  • Each PUCCH resource set in the S PUCCH resource sets may correspond to a HARQ feedback information bit number interval. For example: S is equal to 6, and the indication information indicates 6 PUCCH resource sets. If the number of feedback information bits is 1-10 bits, then the first resource set among the 6 PUCCH resource sets is selected.
  • the second resource set is selected, and so on, if the number of feedback information bits is 51-60 bits, it corresponds to the sixth resource set.
  • Each transmission parameter group corresponds to S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the S PUCCH resource sets are related to the number of HARQ feedback bits, so that after receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device selects a PUCCH resource from the S resource sets according to the number of HARQ feedback bits Collect and send HARQ feedback information. Ensure that the final PUCCH resource and the number of bits of feedback information match as much as possible, thereby improving transmission efficiency.
  • the first PUCCH resource set is the first resource set among the S PUCCH resource sets indicated by the resource indication information, that is, the first resource set among the S PUCCH resource sets indicated by the resource indication information PUCCH resource collection.
  • Each transmission parameter group corresponds to multiple PUCCH resource sets.
  • the terminal device After receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device always selects the first PUCCH resource set from the multiple PUCCH resource sets by default to send feedback information. There is no need to determine a PUCCH resource set according to complex rules from multiple PUCCH resource sets, which reduces the complexity of terminal equipment determining PUCCH resources and also reduces time delay.
  • the first PUCCH resource in the first PUCCH resource set is the first resource in the first PUCCH resource set, that is, the first resource indicated in the first PUCCH resource set.
  • the first PUCCH resource is selected from the multiple PUCCH resources in the first PUCCH resource set to send feedback information by default. There is no need to determine a PUCCH resource based on complicated rules from multiple PUCCH resources, which reduces the complexity of terminal equipment determining the source of the PUCCH and also reduces the delay.
  • one PUCCH resource may be determined as the first PUCCH resource from the first PUCCH resource set according to the indication field in the activated PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to the first PUCCH resource set.
  • the first PUCCH resource set includes 4 PUCCH resources
  • the active PDCCH includes a 2-bit indication field. If the value of the indication field is 0, it indicates that the first PUCCH resource is the first resource among the 4 PUCCH resources. Or, if the value is 1, the second resource of the first PUCCH resource is indicated, and the first PUCCH resource is indicated by the value of the indication field.
  • the first PUCCH resource is selected from the multiple PUCCH resources in the first PUCCH resource set to send feedback information.
  • the PUCCH resource can be dynamically selected to send the feedback information according to the number of bits of the feedback information to be sent, which reduces the complexity of determining the source of the PUCCH by the terminal device, and can ensure the final PUCCH resource and the bits of the feedback information. Match the number as much as possible to improve transmission efficiency and save uplink resources.
  • the R transmission parameter groups are transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups. If K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, the terminal device can use the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups to determine R PUCCH resources, and thus can use R PUCCH resources to send HARQ feedback corresponding to K PDSCHs Information to ensure that the HARQ feedback information of each PDSCH can be fed back normally, which helps to improve the reliability of service transmission.
  • the S340 includes: for each PUCCH resource among the R PUCCH resources, the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource.
  • the terminal device may first determine whether the R PUCCH resources overlap before using the R PUCCH resources to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs. If there is no overlap, in each of the R PUCCH resources, send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the PUCCH resource; if there is overlap, for the overlapped PUCCH resource, you need to select the PUCCH to send the overlapped PUCCH resource HARQ feedback information of the corresponding PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent in the target PUCCH resource, and H ⁇ R, and H Is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the H PUCCH resources in the R PUCCH resources overlap in the time domain, and the overlap of any PUCCH resource has the same meaning as in the first possible implementation manner, and will not be repeated.
  • the target PUCCH resource needs to be selected so that the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources is sent on the target PUCCH resource.
  • Step 1 Determine a first PUCCH resource group, where the first PUCCH resource group is S PUCCH resource sets indicated by resource indication information in the first transmission parameter group.
  • the first transmission parameter group is one of the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCH resources.
  • the first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the highest priority of the corresponding PDSCH among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs.
  • the transmission reliability of the HARQ feedback information can be made higher.
  • the priority of the PDSCH may be determined according to the priority of the PDSCH in the first implementation manner. For brevity, details are not described here.
  • the first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the smallest identifier of the transmission parameter group among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs. That is, the PUCCH resource group indicated by the resource indication information in the transmission parameter group with the smaller identifier is selected as the finally determined PUCCH resource group. Since the transmission parameter group with the smaller identifier corresponds to the PDSCH with higher priority, the PUCCH resource indicated in the transmission parameter group can achieve relatively high reliability, so the selected first PUCCH resource group can achieve Higher reliability requirements ensure the reliability of feedback information transmission.
  • the first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the lowest position in the time domain for activating the PDCCH among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs. That is, the PUCCH resource group indicated by the resource indication information in the last activated transmission parameter group is selected as the first PUCCH resource group. Since the last activated transmission parameter group was activated by the network device, since the network device activates the transmission parameter group, it proves that the priority of the transmission parameter group is relatively high, or the PUCCH resource set of the transmission parameter group can reach a relatively high Reliability, therefore, transmitting HARQ feedback information on the first PUCCH resource group can achieve higher reliability.
  • the first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the shortest PDSCH transmission period indicated among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs. That is, the PUCCH resource group indicated by the resource indication information in the transmission parameter group with the shortest transmission period is selected as the first PUCCH resource group. Since the transmission parameter group with the shortest transmission period serves the service with a relatively short period, and the service with a short period has higher requirements for delay, the resource group corresponding to the transmission parameter group is used as the first PUCCH resource group, so that the resource group is The HARQ feedback information transmitted on the uplink can achieve a lower delay.
  • the first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the shortest PDSCH transmission period indicated among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs. If the PDSCH transmission period indicated in all transmission parameter groups is the same, then The first transmission parameter group is the transmission parameter group with the lowest position in the time domain for activating the PDCCH among the H transmission parameter groups corresponding to the H PUCCHs.
  • Step 2 Determine the second PUCCH resource set from the first PUCCH resource group.
  • the second PUCCH resource set is the PUCCH resource set indicated by the resource indication information.
  • Each transmission parameter group corresponds to only one PUCCH resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates 6 PUCCH resource sets, if the total number of bits of the HARQ feedback information is 1-10 bits, the first resource set among the 6 PUCCH resource sets is selected, the total bits of the HARQ feedback information If the number is 11-20 bits, the second resource set is selected, and so on, and the total number of HARQ feedback information is 51-60 bits, then the sixth resource set is selected.
  • Each transmission parameter group corresponds to S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the S PUCCH resource sets are related to the number of feedback bits, so that after receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device selects a PUCCH from multiple resource sets according to the number of feedback bits in the overlapping area Collection of resources to send feedback information. Ensure that the final PUCCH resource and the number of bits of the feedback information match as much as possible, thereby saving uplink resources.
  • Step 3 Determine one PUCCH resource as the target PUCCH resource from the second PUCCH resource set.
  • one PUCCH resource can be indicated from the second PUCCH resource set.
  • the target PUCCH resource For example, the second PUCCH resource set includes 4 PUCCH resources, and the last activated PDCCH includes a 2-bit indication field. If the value of the indication field is 0, the indication is the first resource among the 4 PUCCH resources, or, If the value of the indication field is 1, it indicates the second resource.
  • the one PUCCH resource is the target PUCCH resource.
  • the target PUCCH resource is determined according to the total ratio of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH corresponding to the H PUCCH resources and the indication field in the last activated PDCCH.
  • the terminal device also sends HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource.
  • the difference from the second possible implementation and the third possible implementation is that the terminal device needs to select a target PUCCH resource set among multiple PUCCH resource sets, and then select the fourth PUCCH resource set from the target PUCCH resource set.
  • the PUCCH resource transmits HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K PDSCHs.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the S is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device can send the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs through multiple PUCCH resources.
  • the K PDSCHs correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group of the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates S PUCCH resource sets, and R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
  • the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: determining R PUCCH resource groups according to resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • one PUCCH resource group includes S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the number of PUCCH resource sets included in each PUCCH resource group may be the same or different, or may be partly the same and partly different.
  • description is made by taking as an example that each PUCCH resource group includes S PUCCH resource sets.
  • the terminal device collects multiple PUCCH resource sets included in the R PUCCH resource groups (the multiple PUCCH resource sets included in the R PUCCH resource groups refer to the total number of multiple PUCCH resource sets corresponding to the R PUCCH resource groups, for example, If each PUCCH resource group includes S PUCCH resource sets, the total is R times S), determine the target PUCCH resource set, and finally select the fourth PUCCH resource from the target PUCCH resource set as the first transmission resource.
  • Method 1 Determine a second PUCCH resource group, where the second PUCCH resource group is S PUCCH resource sets indicated by the resource indication information in the second transmission parameter group.
  • the second transmission parameter group is one of R transmission parameter groups corresponding to the R PUCCH resources. Then, the terminal device determines the target PUCCH resource set from the S PUCCH resource sets indicated by the resource indication information in the second PUCCH resource group.
  • the method of determining the second transmission parameter group from the R transmission parameter groups is the same as the method of "determining the first transmission parameter group from the H transmission parameter groups" in step 1 of the fourth implementation above. For the sake of simplicity I won't repeat it here.
  • the method for determining the target PUCCH resource set from the S PUCCH resource sets indicated by the resource indication information in the second PUCCH resource group is the same as that in step 2 of the fourth possible implementation manner above, "from the first PUCCH resource group The method for determining the second PUCCH resource set is similar and will be briefly described.
  • the target PUCCH resource set is the PUCCH resource set indicated by the resource indication information.
  • S is greater than 1, it is necessary to determine a PUCCH resource set from the S PUCCH resource sets as the target PUCCH resource set according to the total ratio of the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs.
  • “Determine a PUCCH resource set from the S PUCCH resource sets as the target PUCCH resource set” can be specifically referred to the description in step 2 of the fourth possible implementation manner above. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • Method 2 Determine W PUCCH resource sets from the multiple PUCCH resource sets included in the R PUCCH resource sets according to the total ratio of the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs. Wherein, W is an integer greater than or equal to 1. Then, the target PUCCH resource set is determined from the W PUCCH resource sets.
  • the specific method of "determining W PUCCH resource sets from the multiple PUCCH resource sets included in the R PUCCH resource sets based on the total ratio of the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs" can refer to the fourth above
  • the method of "determining the second PUCCH resource set from the first PUCCH resource group" in step 2 of the possible implementation manner is similar. It is necessary to determine W PUCCH resource sets as the target PUCCH resource set from the multiple PUCCH resource sets included in the R PUCCH groups according to the total ratio of the HARQ feedback information of the K PDSCHs.
  • the multiple PUCCH resources included in the R PUCCH resource groups there may be multiple PUCCH resource sets that meet the condition, that is, W may be greater than 1. At this time, it is necessary to determine a PUCCH resource set as the target PUCCH from the W PUCCH resource sets. Resource collection.
  • the W PUCCH resource sets correspond to W transmission parameter groups, and the target transmission parameter group can be determined from the W transmission parameter groups, and the resource indication information in the target transmission parameter group indicates the target PUCCH resource set.
  • the method of "determining the target transmission parameter group from W transmission parameter groups” can refer to the step 1 of the above fourth possible implementation mode "determining the first transmission parameter group from H transmission parameter groups". The method, for the sake of brevity, will not repeat it.
  • the fourth PUCCH resource is selected from the target PUCCH resource set as the first transmission resource.
  • the specific method of "selecting the fourth PUCCH resource from the target PUCCH resource set as the first transmission resource” can refer to the step 3 of the fourth possible implementation manner above, "Determining a PUCCH resource from the second PUCCH resource set is The description of "target PUCCH resource" is omitted for brevity.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information corresponding to K PDSCHs on one PUCCH resource.
  • the sending format of the HARQ feedback information can be predefined, for example, the number of HARQ feedback information bits corresponding to the K PDSCHs, and the order of the bits.
  • the method for determining the number of HARQ feedback information bits corresponding to the K PDSCHs and the sequence of these bits can be specifically referred to the description in the second possible implementation manner or the third possible implementation manner above, for the sake of brevity ,No longer.
  • the method for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to the embodiments of the present application is described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 1 to FIG. 7.
  • the device for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 8 to FIG. 11. It should be understood that the technical features described in the method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 700 is used to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the specific form of the apparatus 700 may be a terminal device or a module (for example, a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the device 700 includes a transceiver module 710 and a processing module 720.
  • the transceiver module 710 is configured to obtain first information, where the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to receive K downlink data channels, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein each downlink data channel in the K downlink data channels corresponds to the M transmission parameter groups respectively
  • the first downlink data channel corresponds to the first transmission parameter group
  • the second downlink data channel corresponds to the second transmission parameter group
  • the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are the K downlink data channels
  • the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups;
  • the processing module 720 is configured to determine the first transmission resource according to the first information.
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates One uplink control channel resource, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2; correspondingly, the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: according to the R transmission parameters The resource indication information in the group determines the first transmission resource.
  • the first transmission resources are R uplink control channel resources indicated by resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • the transceiving module 710 is configured to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, specifically including: if R indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources in the two uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources is sent in the target uplink control channel resource, H ⁇ R, And H is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the target uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the target uplink control channel resource is the uplink control channel resource with the highest starting time domain position among the H uplink control channel resources; or, the target uplink control channel resource is the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to receive second information, the second information includes G resource indication information, and each resource indication information in the G resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource , G is an integer greater than or equal to 2; according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, the G uplink control channel resources indicated by the G resource indication information Determine an uplink control channel resource as the target uplink control channel resource.
  • the transceiving module 710 is configured to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, specifically including: if R indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources in the two uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is transmitted on the first uplink control channel resource, and the second The HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource is canceled from sending, and the first uplink control channel resource and the second uplink control channel resource are different uplink control channel resources among the H uplink control channel resources ,
  • the first uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the priority of the first uplink control channel resource is higher than the priority of the second uplink control channel resource; or, the transmission period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is less than the The transmission period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second uplink control channel; or, the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second uplink control channel.
  • the first information further includes first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate the first transmission resource.
  • the first information further includes N resource indication information, each resource indication information in the N resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the determining the first transmission resource according to the first information includes: according to the total number of bits of the feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels, in the N uplink control indicated by the N resource indication information One uplink control channel resource is determined from the channel resources as the first transmission resource.
  • the transceiver module 710 is configured to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, which specifically includes:
  • the data channel includes the K downlink data channels; or, the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups is sent on the first transmission resource, and the downlink data channel corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups Including the K downlink data channels.
  • the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, wherein the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information
  • the HARQ feedback information satisfies the following conditions: the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the first HARQ feedback information corresponds to The priority of the downlink data channel is the same as the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information, and the start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than the The start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information in the time domain; the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource Two different HARQ feedback information in.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one or more of the following information: the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identifier of the transmission parameter group, and the modulation and modulation used in the transmission of the downlink data channel.
  • MCS form of coding scheme.
  • the apparatus 700 for transmitting HARQ feedback information may correspond to the method of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, the method in FIG. 3, and the foregoing and other management operations of each module in the apparatus 700
  • the and/or functions are used to implement the corresponding steps of the method of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects in the foregoing method embodiment. For brevity, details are not described here.
  • each module in the device 700 may be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, which is not specifically limited.
  • the device 700 is presented in the form of functional modules.
  • the "module” here may refer to application-specific integrated circuits ASIC, circuits, processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the apparatus 700 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processing module 720 may be implemented by the processor 801 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiver module 710 may be implemented by the transceiver 803 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the processor is implemented by executing a computer program stored in the memory.
  • the function and/or implementation process of the transceiver module 710 may also be implemented by pins or circuits.
  • the memory is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the computer device, as shown in FIG. 9 802.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 800 for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 800 includes: a processor 801.
  • the processor 801 is configured to call an interface to perform the following actions: obtain first information, where the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; and receive K K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, wherein each of the K downlink data channels corresponds to one of the M transmission parameter groups, and the first downlink data channel corresponds to the first downlink data channel.
  • a transmission parameter group, the second downlink data channel corresponds to a second transmission parameter group, the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are different downlink data channels among the K downlink data channels, the The first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups;
  • the processor 801 is configured to determine the first transmission resource according to the first information;
  • the processing The device 801 is further configured to call an interface to send HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource.
  • the processor 801 may call an interface to perform the above-mentioned transceiving actions, where the called interface may be a logical interface or a physical interface, which is not limited.
  • the physical interface can be implemented by a transceiver.
  • the device 800 further includes a transceiver 803.
  • the device 800 further includes a memory 802, and the memory 802 can store the program code in the foregoing method embodiment, so that the processor 801 can call it.
  • the device 800 includes the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803, the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 can be implemented by chips, and the processor 801, the memory 802, and the transceiver 803 can be implemented on the same chip, or they may be implemented on different chips. Or any combination of two functions can be implemented in one chip.
  • the memory 802 may store program codes, and the processor 801 calls the program codes stored in the memory 802 to implement corresponding functions of the device 800.
  • apparatus 800 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the terminal device side in the foregoing embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 900 for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 900 is used to execute the method executed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the specific form of the apparatus 900 may be a network device or a chip in a network device.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the device 900 includes a sending module 910 and a receiving module 920.
  • the sending module 910 is configured to send first information, where the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the sending module 910 is further configured to send K downlink data channels according to the first information, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and each of the K downlink data channels corresponds to the M transmission parameters.
  • K is an integer greater than or equal to 2
  • each of the K downlink data channels corresponds to the M transmission parameters.
  • One of the groups, the first downlink data channel corresponds to the first transmission parameter group, the second downlink data channel corresponds to the second transmission parameter group, and the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are the K
  • the first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups.
  • the receiving module 920 is configured to receive HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels is located in one time slot.
  • the K downlink data channels correspond to R transmission parameter groups, and each transmission parameter group in the R transmission parameter groups includes one resource indication information, and the resource indication information indicates An uplink control channel resource, R ⁇ K, and R ⁇ M, R is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first transmission resources are R uplink control channel resources indicated by resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups.
  • the receiving HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource includes: if one of the R uplink control channel resources indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups The H uplink control channel resources overlap in the time domain, and the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources is received in the target uplink control channel resource, H ⁇ R, and H is greater than or equal to 2.
  • the target uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the target uplink control channel resource is the uplink control channel resource with the highest starting time domain position among the H uplink control channel resources; or, the target uplink control channel resource is the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the control channel resources an uplink control channel resource that meets the delay requirement required for sending feedback information; or, the target uplink control channel resource is an uplink control channel resource with the highest priority among the H uplink control channel resources.
  • the sending module 910 is further configured to send second information, the second information includes G resource indication information, and each resource indication information in the G resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource , G is an integer greater than or equal to 2; according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the H uplink control channel resources, the G uplink control channel resources indicated by the G resource indication information Determine an uplink control channel resource as the target uplink control channel resource.
  • the receiving module 920 is configured to receive the HARQ feedback information of the K downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, specifically including: if the R numbers indicated by the resource indication information in the R transmission parameter groups
  • On the first uplink control channel resource the HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is received.
  • On the uplink control channel resource HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second uplink control channel resource is not received, and the first uplink control channel resource and the second uplink control channel resource are the H uplink control channel resources
  • the first uplink control channel resource is a part or all of the first transmission resource.
  • the priority of the first uplink control channel resource is higher than the priority of the second uplink control channel resource; or, the period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is less than the first uplink control channel resource. 2.
  • the period of the downlink data channel corresponding to the uplink control channel resource; or, the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the first uplink control channel resource is smaller than the identification number of the transmission parameter group corresponding to the second uplink control channel resource.
  • the first information further includes first resource indication information, and the first resource indication information is used to indicate a first uplink control channel resource, where the first uplink control channel resource Is the first transmission resource.
  • the first information further includes N resource indication information, each resource indication information in the N resource indication information indicates an uplink control channel resource, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the method further includes: according to the total number of bits of HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels, determining one uplink control channel resource among the N uplink control channel resources indicated by the N resource indication information as The first transmission resource.
  • the receiving module 920 is configured to receive, on the first transmission resource, HARQ feedback information corresponding to the K downlink data channels, specifically including: receiving the K on the first transmission resource HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channel; or, receiving HARQ feedback information of all activated downlink data channels on the first transmission resource, and all the activated downlink data channels include the K downlink data channels; or, The HARQ feedback information of the downlink data channels corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups is received on the first transmission resource, where the downlink data channels corresponding to the M transmission parameter groups include the K downlink data channels.
  • the HARQ feedback information received on the first transmission resource is arranged in the following order: the first HARQ feedback information precedes the second HARQ feedback information, wherein the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information
  • the HARQ feedback information satisfies the following conditions: the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information is higher than the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information; or, the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information
  • the priority is the same as the priority of the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information, and the start position of the downlink data channel corresponding to the first HARQ feedback information in the time domain is earlier than the downlink data channel corresponding to the second HARQ feedback information
  • the starting position in the time domain; the first HARQ feedback information and the second HARQ feedback information are two different HARQ feedback information in the HARQ feedback information sent on the first transmission resource.
  • each transmission parameter group in the M transmission parameter groups includes one or more of the following information: the transmission period of the downlink data channel, the identifier of the transmission parameter group, and the modulation and modulation used in the transmission of the downlink data channel.
  • MCS form of coding scheme.
  • the apparatus 900 for transmitting HARQ feedback information may correspond to the method of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, the method in FIG. 3, and the foregoing and other management operations of each module in the apparatus 900
  • the and/or functions are used to implement the corresponding steps of the method of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects in the foregoing method embodiment. For brevity, details are not described here.
  • each module in the device 900 may be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, which is not specifically limited.
  • the device 900 is presented in the form of functional modules.
  • the "module” here may refer to application-specific integrated circuits ASIC, circuits, processors and memories that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device 900 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 11.
  • the sending module 910 and the receiving module 920 may be implemented by the transceiver 1003 shown in FIG. 11.
  • the processor is implemented by executing a computer program stored in the memory.
  • the functions and/or implementation processes of the sending module 910 and the receiving module 920 may also be implemented by pins or circuits.
  • the memory is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the computer device, as shown in FIG. 11 1002.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 1000 for transmitting HARQ feedback information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 includes: a processor 1001.
  • the processor 1001 is configured to call an interface to perform the following actions: send first information, the first information includes M transmission parameter groups, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 2; One message sends K downlink data channels, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • Each downlink data channel in the K downlink data channels corresponds to one of the M transmission parameter groups, and the first downlink data channel Corresponding to the first transmission parameter group, the second downlink data channel corresponds to the second transmission parameter group, the first downlink data channel and the second downlink data channel are different downlink data channels among the K downlink data channels, The first transmission parameter group and the second transmission parameter group are different transmission parameter groups in the M transmission parameter groups; HARQ feedback corresponding to the K downlink data channels is received on the first transmission resource information.
  • the processor 1001 may call an interface to perform the above-mentioned transceiving action, where the called interface may be a logical interface or a physical interface, which is not limited.
  • the physical interface can be implemented by a transceiver.
  • the device 1000 further includes a transceiver 1003.
  • the device 1000 further includes a memory 1002, and the memory 1002 can store the program code in the foregoing method embodiment, so that the processor 1001 can call it.
  • the device 1000 includes the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003, the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003 communicate with each other through internal connection paths, and transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003 can be implemented by chips, and the processor 1001, the memory 1002, and the transceiver 1003 can be implemented on the same chip, or they may be implemented on different chips. Or any combination of two functions can be implemented in one chip.
  • the memory 1002 can store program codes, and the processor 1001 calls the program codes stored in the memory 1002 to implement corresponding functions of the device 1000.
  • apparatus 1000 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the network device side in the foregoing embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
  • the methods disclosed in the above embodiments of the present application may be applied to a processor or implemented by a processor.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components can also be system on chip (SoC), central processor unit (CPU), or network processor (network processor).
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • network processor network processor
  • processor can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), can also be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other Integrated chip.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • PLD programmable controller
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic.
  • the various numerical numbers or serial numbers involved in the foregoing processes are only for easy distinction for description, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the item can be any of the following: A; B ; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A, B and C; A and A; A, A and A; A, A and B; A, A and C, A, B and B; A , C and C; B and B, B, B and B, B, B and C, C and C; C, C and C, and other combinations of A, B and C.
  • the item can be any of the following: A; B ; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A, B and C; A and A; A and B; A, A and C, A, B and B; A , C and C; B and B, B, B and C, C and C; C, C and C, and other combinations of A, B and C.
  • the item includes at least one of the following: A, B,..., and X"
  • the applicable items of the item can also be obtained according to the aforementioned rules.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法和通信装置。终端设备接收K个下行数据信道，该K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道具有对应的传输参数组，并且至少存在两个下行数据信道与不同的传输参数组对应；终端设备根据包括M个传输参数组的第一信息确定第一传输资源，K和M均为大于或等于2的整数，并在第一传输资源上发送该K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，能够实现多个HARQ反馈信息的顺利反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。

Description

传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法和通信装置
本申请要求于2019年7月31日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910702214.6、发明名称为“传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法和通信装置”和2019年4月30日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910364217.3、发明名称为“传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种传输混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)反馈信息的方法和通信装置。
背景技术
第五代(the fifth generation，5G)移动通信系统相比于前几代移动通信系统在传输速率、时延及功耗等方面都提出了更高的要求。国际电信联盟(international telecommunication union，ITU)为5G以及未来的移动通信系统定义了三大类应用场景：增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)、高可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable and low latency communications，URLLC)以及海量机器类通信(massive machine type communications，mMTC)。
URLLC作为5G的三大典型业务之一，主要应用场景包括：无人驾驶，远程医疗等，这些应用场景在可靠性及时延方面提出了更加严格的需求。URLLC业务具体的需求包括：数据传输可靠性达到99.999％，传输时延低于1ms，以及在满足高可靠性及低时延要求下，尽可能减小开销。
5G中有一种技术叫做半持续调度(semi-persistent scheduling，SPS)，主要方法就是通过高层信令配置传输参数，以指示一个周期性的SPS物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的传输。由于SPS只需要发送一个物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)，然后后续周期性的进行数据传输，信令开销小，很适合实现下行URLLC周期小包的传输。现有技术的手段无法保证多个SPS PDSCH的反馈信息顺利发送。
发明内容
有鉴于此，本申请提供一种传输HARQ反馈信息的方法和通信装置，能够保证多个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息顺利发送，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
第一方面，提供了一种传输HARQ反馈信息的方法，包括：终端设备(也可以是终端设备中的模块，比如，芯片)获取第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；然后接收K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，其中，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参 数组；根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源；最后在所述第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，能够保证K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息顺利发送，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息位于一个时隙内。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；相应的，终端设备根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定所述第一传输资源。
可选地，所述第一传输资源为所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源，从而可以使用R个上行控制信道资源发送K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，保证每个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息都能够正常反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，所述在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。也就是说，如果R个上行控制信道资源中存在H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，则需要选择目标上行控制信道资源，以便于在目标上行控制信道资源上发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息。
当然，如果没有重叠，则在R个上行控制信道资源中的每个上行控制信道资源，发送上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延、且起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述方法还包括：终端设备接收第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；并根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。可选地，所述第二信息可以是网络设备通过高层信令发送的。因此，终端设备可以在G个上行控制信道资源中，选择满足H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数的一个上行控制信道资源，作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述终端设备在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，发送所述 第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息被取消发送，所述第一上行控制信道资源和所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。因此，若H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，可以选择舍弃一些下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，优先保证另一些下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的顺利发送，从而满足业务需求。
可选地，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优先级；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的传输周期小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的下行数据信道的传输周期；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的传输参数组的标识号。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一传输资源。因此，终端设备可以基于网络设备的指示，直接确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源，以便于顺利发送K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数；相应的，所述终端设备根据第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。因此，终端设备可以在网络设备指示的多个上行控制信道资源中选择一个匹配HARQ反馈信息总比特数的上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源，以便于顺利发送K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，终端设备在所述第一传输资源上，发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：在所述第一传输资源上仅发送所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，在所述第一传输资源上发送所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，在所述第一传输资源上发送M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
因此，本申请实施例可以定义在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的格式，使得网络设备和终端设备侧理解一致。
可选地，终端设备在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示S个上行控制信道资源集合，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；所述S为正整数。
相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定R个上行控制信道资源组。一个上行控制信道资源组中包括S个上行控制信道资源集合。所述第一传输资源包括R个上行控制信道资源组中每个上行控制信道资源组中的第一上行控制信道资源集合中的第一上行控制信道资源，第一传输资源包括R个上行控制信道资源。
可选地，在所述S等于1时，所述第一上行控制信道资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的上行控制信道资源集合；
或者，在所述S大于1时，根据所述S个上行控制信道资源集合对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个上行控制信道资源集合中确定一个上行控制信道资源集合作为所述第一上行控制信道资源集合。
或者，可以根据所述第一上行控制信道资源集合对应的下行数据信道的激活PDCCH中指示域，从第一上行控制信道资源集合中指示一个上行控制信道资源为所述第一上行控制信道资源。
可选地，若所述R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源可以按照以下方式确定：根据H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的激活PDCCH中最后一个PDCCH，即时域位置最靠后的激活PDCCH中的指示域，从第二上行控制信道资源集合中指示一个上行控制信道资源为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，在所述第一上行控制信道资源组中的上行控制信道资源集合个数S等于1时，所述第二上行控制信道资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的上行控制信道资源集合；
或者，在所述第一上行控制信道资源组中的上行控制信道资源集合个数S大于1时，根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个上行控制信道资源集合中确定一个上行控制信道资源集合作为所述第二上行控制信道资源集合。
第二方面，提供了一种传输HARQ反馈信息的方法，包括：网络设备也可以是网络设备模块，比如，芯片)发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；根据第一信息发送K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信 道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，能够保证K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息顺利发送，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息位于一个时隙内。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述第一传输资源是所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源，从而可以使得终端设备使用R个上行控制信道资源发送K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，保证每个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息都能够正常反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，所述网络设备在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中接收所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。也就是说，如果R个上行控制信道资源中存在H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，则需要在目标上行控制信道资源上接收所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
当然，如果没有重叠，则在R个上行控制信道资源中的每个上行控制信道资源，接收上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送反馈信息所需的时延需求的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述方法还包括：网络设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。因此，网络设备通过向终端设备发送第二信息，使得终端设备可以在G个上行控制信道资源中，选择满足H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数的一个上行控制信道资源，作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述网络设备在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，接收所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，在第二上行控制信道资源上，不接收第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述第一上行控制信道资源与所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控 制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。因此，若H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，可以选择舍弃一些下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，优先保证另一些下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的顺利发送，从而满足业务需求。
可选地，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优先级；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示第一上行控制信道资源，其中，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源。因此，网络设备可以向终端设备指示一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源，以便于顺利发送K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数，所述方法还包括：根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。因此，网络设备可以向终端设备指示多个上行控制信道资源，使得终端设备在多个上行控制资源中选择一个匹配HARQ反馈信息总比特数的上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源，以便于顺利发送K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，所述网络设备在所述第一传输资源上，接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，在所述第一传输资源上接收所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，在所述第一传输资源上接收M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
因此，本申请实施例可以定义在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的格式，使得网络设备和终端设备侧理解一致。
可选地，网络设备在所述第一传输资源上接收的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项： 下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示S个上行控制信道资源集合，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；所述S为正整数。
相应的，所述第一传输资源包括R个上行控制信道资源组中每个上行控制信道资源组中的第一上行控制信道资源集合中的第一上行控制信道资源，第一传输资源包括R个上行控制信道资源。
可选地，在所述S等于1时，所述第一上行控制信道资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的上行控制信道资源集合；或者，在所述S大于1时，根据所述S个上行控制信道资源集合对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个上行控制信道资源集合中确定一个上行控制信道资源集合作为所述第一上行控制信道资源集合；或者，可以根据所述第一上行控制信道资源集合对应的下行数据信道的激活PDCCH中指示域，从第一上行控制信道资源集合中指示一个上行控制信道资源为所述第一上行控制信道资源。
可选地，若所述R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中接收所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源可以按照以下方式确定：根据H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的激活PDCCH中最后一个PDCCH，也就是时域位置最靠后的激活PDCCH中的指示域，从第二上行控制信道资源集合中指示一个上行控制信道资源为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，在所述第一上行控制信道资源组中的上行控制信道资源集合个数S等于1时，所述第二上行控制信道资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的上行控制信道资源集合；
或者，在所述第一上行控制信道资源组中的上行控制信道资源集合个数S大于1时，根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个上行控制信道资源集合中确定一个上行控制信道资源集合作为所述第二上行控制信道资源集合。
第三方面，提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块；或者，包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。
第四方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述方法中的终端设备，或者，为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：处理器，与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第一方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中终端设备所执行的方法。可选地，该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地，该通信装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
当该通信装置为终端设备时，该通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。
当该通信装置为设置于终端设备中的芯片时，该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。
可选地，该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。
第五方面，提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为上述方法中的网络设备，或者，为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括：处理器，与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第二方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中网络设备所执行的方法。可选地，该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地，该通信装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
当该通信装置为网络设备时，该通信接口可以是收发器，或，输入/输出接口。
当该通信装置为设置于网络设备中的芯片时，该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。
可选地，该收发器可以为收发电路。可选地，该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。
第六方面，提供了一种程序，该程序在被处理器执行时，用于执行第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法，或者用于执行第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。
第七方面，提供了一种程序产品，所述程序产品包括：程序代码，当所述程序代码被通信装置运行时，使得通信装置执行上述第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。
第八方面，提供了一种程序产品，所述程序产品包括：程序代码，当所述程序代码被通信装置运行时，使得通信装置执行上述第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。
第九方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，所述程序被执行时，使得通信装置执行上述第一方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，所述程序被执行时，使得通信装置执行上述第二方面及其可能的实施方式中的任一方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图；
图2是现有技术的发送反馈信息的一个示意图；
图3是根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的方法的示意性交互图；
图4是根据本申请实施例的PUCCH资源的一个示例图；
图5是根据本申请实施例的PUCCH资源的另一示例图；
图6是根据本申请实施例的PDSCH的一个示例图；
图7是根据本申请实施例的PDSCH的另一示例图；
图8是根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置的示意性框图；
图9是根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置的示意性结构图；
图10是根据本申请另一实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置的示意性框图；
图11是根据本申请另一实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置的示意性结构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
在本申请实施例中，“多个”可以理解为“至少两个”；“多项”可以理解为“至少两项”。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统中的新无线(new radio，NR)系统以及未来的移动通信系统。
图1是本申请的实施例应用的移动通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示，该移动通信系统包括核心网设备110、无线接入网设备120和至少一个终端设备(如图1中的终端设备130和终端设备140)。终端设备通过无线的方式与无线接入网设备相连，无线接入网设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。核心网设备与无线接入网设备可以是独立的不同的物理设备，也可以是将核心网设备的功能与无线接入网设备的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上，还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的无线接入网设备的功能。终端设备可以是固定位置的，也可以是可移动的。图1只是示意图，该通信系统中还可以包括其它网络设备，如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备，在图1中未画出。本申请的实施例对该移动通信系统中包括的核心网设备、无线接入网设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。
无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到该移动通信系统中的接入设备，可以是基站NodeB、演进型基站(evloved NodeB,eNB)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB，gNB)、传输点、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)系统中的接入节点，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。在一些部署中，gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，CU可以作为接入网中的网络设备，也可以作为核心网(core network，CN)中的网络设备，本申请对此不做限定。
终端设备也可以称为终端Terminal、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等。终端设备可以是手机 (mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrialcontrol)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。
无线接入网设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上；还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。
本申请的实施例可以适用于下行信号传输，也可以适用于上行信号传输，还可以适用于设备到设备(device to device，D2D)的信号传输。对于下行信号传输，发送设备是无线接入网设备，对应的接收设备是终端设备。对于上行信号传输，发送设备是终端设备，对应的接收设备是无线接入网设备。对于D2D的信号传输，发送设备是终端设备，对应的接收设备也是终端设备。本申请的实施例对信号的传输方向不做限定。
无线接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱(licensed spectrum)进行通信，也可以通过免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)进行通信，也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。无线接入网设备和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过6千兆赫(gigahertz，GHz)以下的频谱进行通信，也可以通过6G以上的频谱进行通信，还可以同时使用6G以下的频谱和6G以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对无线接入网设备和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。
在本申请实施例中，如果没有特殊说明，网络设备均指无线接入网设备。终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述 的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，下行控制信道可以是物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)，也可以是增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel，EPDCCH)，但为了描述方便，下面仅以PDCCH为例进行说明；上行控制信道可以是物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)，但为了描述方便，下面仅以PUCCH为例进行说明；下行数据信道可以是物理下行控制信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)，为了描述方便，下面仅以PDSCH为例进行说明。下行控制信道、上行控制信道和下行数据信道，在不同的系统中可能有不同的名字，本申请实施例对这些信道的具体名字不做限定。
在介绍本申请实施例前，为了便于理解，介绍SPS的相关内容。
SPS是通过高层信令配置一个传输参数组来指示一个周期性的SPS PDSCH的传输。所述一个传输参数组中的参数包括：(1)一个调度周期P：目前的周期最小为10ms；(2)PUCCH资源：主要是配置承载SPS PDSCH的ACK/NACK的PUCCH资源是一个时隙内的哪个资源，比如哪些符号等。目前候选值只能是PUCCH格式0或者PUCCH格式1，这两种PUCCH格式可以容纳1或者2比特的反馈信息(3)调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)表格：主要用于指示SPS PDSCH用的是3个MCS表格中的哪一个。协议规定了3个MCS表格，这个指示信息就是用于通知用户使用的是3个表格中的哪一个。每个MCS表格有多行，每一行都指示一个MCS。
SPS PDSCH的通信过程包括：
(1)网络设备通过高层信令给终端设备发送配置信息，配置SPS PDSCH的周期P以及PUCCH资源。
(2)网络设备向终端设备发送一个激活PDCCH，所述激活PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH所在的时隙，以及在该时隙内PDSCH所在的开始符号S和长度L。并且，所述激活PDCCH还会指示该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所在的时隙。
其中，所述激活PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH所在的时隙，以及在该时隙内PDSCH所在的开始符号S和长度L的方式为：PDCCH中承载的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)指示一个时域资源表格中的一行，该时域资源表格可以是协议预定义的表格或者是高层信令配置的表格。该表格中包含多行，每一行包含：K0参数，用于指示PDCCH所在的时隙和PDSCH所在的时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数；以及指示S和L的取值的参数。其中，S和L的取值可以通过起点和长度指示值(start and length indicator value，SLIV)参数来指示，SLIV参数的取值是通过对S和L的取值进行联合编码而得到；或者S和L的取值是通过2个独立的参数来指示的。上述两种指示S和L的取值的方式可统一用(S,L)来表示。
例如，一个时域资源表格如下表1所示。在表1中，一个index取值对应一个K0和(S，L)的取值组合。
表1
Index K0 (S,L)
0 1 (2,4)
1 1 (1,2)
2 2 (3,4)
3 2 (0,7)
举例来说，DCI中包含一个2bit指示域，假设指示index 1，通过查表1可知：index 1对应的K0为1，开始符号S为符号1，长度L为2符号。也就是说，如果SPS PDSCH激活的PDCCH在第n个时隙接收到，则对应的SPS PDSCH在第n+1个时隙中，且在第n+1个时隙的符号1和符号2。
其中，所述激活PDCCH指示该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所在的时隙的方法为：在DCI中承载指示信息，该指示信息指示K1集合中的一个K1值，其中，该K1集合可以为高层信令配置的集合，且K1的取值表示SPS PDSCH所在的时隙和对应的HARQ反馈信息的时隙之间间隔的时隙个数。假设PDSCH在第n+1个时隙，则该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息在第n+1+K1个时隙。比如，假设PDSCH在第n个slot，K1＝4，则该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是在第n+4个slot反馈。
对于SPS配置，终端设备根据高层配置的SPS的调度周期P，以及激活PDCCH指示的SPS PDSCH的时域位置，可以确定后续的SPS PDSCH所在的时域位置，不需要每次SPS PDSCH之前都发送一个激活PDCCH，这些后续的SPS PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH就是初始激活SPS PDSCH的那个PDCCH。激活PDCCH指示SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所在的时隙的K1值同样适用于后续的SPS PDSCH。假设后续任何一个PDSCH在第n个slot，K1＝4，则该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是在第n+4个slot反馈。
所述激活PDCCH还可以指示SPS PDSCH采用的调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)。具体地，可以指示前文通过高层指示的MCS表格中的一行，该行内容包括MCS等。
为了便于理解，下面将对本申请实施例可能涉及到的术语或概念进行统一说明。
时间单元，可以为帧、子帧、时隙(slot)、微时隙(或迷你时隙)(mini-slot)、或符号等其他时域单元。微时隙为时域长度小于时隙的时域单元。一个帧的时间长度为10毫秒(millisecond，ms),包括10个子帧，每个子帧对应的时间长度为1ms。一个时隙在扩展循环前缀情况下包括12个符号，在普通循环前缀情况下包括14个符号。这里的时域符号可以是正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号。一个微时隙包括的时域符号数小于14，比如2或4或7等等。或者，一个时隙可以包括7个时域符号，一个微时隙包括的时域符号数小于7，比如2或4等等，具体取值也不做限定。
URLLC业务有多种应用场景，例如工厂自动化，或者智能电网等，不同场景业务的周期不同，可靠性时延要求也各不相同。因此仅支持SPS配置一个周期很难保证多种业务的需求。因此可以配置多套SPS有利于实现不同的业务需求。但是如果多套SPS被激活，则多套SPS PDSCH的反馈信息需要在同一个上行时隙中反馈，但是配置的PUCCH资源能够容纳的比特信息有限，无法放下多套SPS PDSCH的反馈信息，可能会出现上行信息无法反馈的问题，从而影响业务的可靠性。
图2示出了现有技术的发送反馈信息的一个示意图。如图2所示，终端设备配置了 三套SPS配置(分别为SPS1、SPS2和SPS3)。该三套SPS配置的PDSCH的反馈信息至少3个比特。若采用现有技术，该三套SPS配置的PDSCH的反馈信息要在同一个上行时隙中反馈。但是由于配置的PUCCH只能容纳1到2比特的信息，不足以承载多套SPS配置的PDSCH的反馈信息，导致反馈信息无法反馈，从而造成网络设备无法及时接收到下行数据的反馈信息，无法根据反馈信息及时进行调度重传，从而影响PDSCH的时延和可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备通过确定一个或多个传输资源，以保证多个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够发送。若是一个传输资源，该一个传输资源能够承载的比特数可以满足多个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数。
下面将结合图3至图7描述根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的方法、终端设备和网络设备。
图3示出了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的方法300的示意性流程图。如图3所示，所述方法300包括：
S310，网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数。相应的，终端设备接收所述第一信息。
可选地，网络设备可以通过高层信令发送所述第一信息，即所述第一信息承载于高层信令中。该高层信令可以是指高层协议层发出的信令，高层协议层为物理层以上的至少一个协议层。其中，高层协议层具体可以包括以下协议层中的至少一个：媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、分组数据会聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层和非接入层(non access stratum，NAS)。
若终端设备接收到所述M个传输参数组，可以将所述M个传输参数组存储在本地。可选地，终端设备可以从本地获取M个传输参数组，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识和PDSCH传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
本申请中的M个传输参数组，也就是M套SPS配置。在每套SPS配置中，包含下行数据数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识和PDSCH传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格中的一项或者多项。
PDSCH的传输周期可以是高层配置的调度周期，比如，可以是10毫秒(ms)。终端设备基于PDSCH的传输周期可以确定后续PDSCH所在的时间单元，而网络设备不需要每次发送PDSCH之前都发送一个PDCCH。这里，第一个发送的PDSCH可以称为有调度信息的PDSCH；第一个发送的PDSCH的后续PDSCH，是基于PDSCH的传输周期发送的，这些后续的PDSCH可以称为无调度信息的PDSCH。
传输参数组的标识可以是组号，一个组号对应一个传输参数组。例如，如果有3个传输参数组，则每个传输参数组的标识可以分别标识为1，2，3，或者为0，1，2。这样，在多个激活的PDCCH的每个PDCCH中，网络设备可以通过PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识，来指示PDSCH对应的PDCCH是用于激活哪个传输参数组。具体例如，PDCCH承载的DCI中可以包含一个比特域，该比特域包含Q比特，Q的取值取决于配置的传输参数组的个数或者传输参数组的最大个数，
Figure PCTCN2020087667-appb-000001
其中，W为配置的传输参数组的个 数或传输参数组的最大个数。例如，假设传输参数组的最大个数为4，每组的标识分别为0,1,2,3，则在PDCCH中包含Q＝2比特，2比特的取值用于指示对应的传输参数组的标识。例如，2bit为“00”，指示第1个传输参数组，“11”指示第4个传输参数组。
目前标准中定义了3个MCS表格，每个MCS表格有多行，每一行都包括了PDSCH采用的调制编码方式以及码率等信息。PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格是指PDSCH采用3个MCS表格中的哪一个表格。终端设备可以通过MCS表格得知PDSCH采用的调制编码方式，从而接收PDSCH。
可选地，所述M个传输参数组中可以包括M个PDSCH的传输周期，M个传输参数组的标识，以及M个PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格。也就是说，M个PDSCH的传输周期中的第i个，M个传输参数组标识的第i个，和M个PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格中的第i个，共同构成了一个传输参数组，即M个传输参数组中的第i个传输参数组。或者，M个传输参数组包括M个参数组，每个参数组中均包括一个PDSCH的传输周期，一个传输参数组的标识，以及一个PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格。
或者，所述M个传输参数组中可以仅包括M个第一参数，在第一信息中还包括一个第二参数，一个第三参数。其中，第二参数和第三参数对M个传输参数组是共用的。比如，所述M个传输参数组中可以包括M个传输参数组的标识，即第一参数为传输参数组的标识；在第一信息中还包括一个PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格以及一个PDSCH的传输周期，即PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格以及传输周期是M个传输参数组共用的，第二参数为PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格，第三参数为PDSCH的传输周期。
或者，所述M个传输参数组中可以仅包括M个第一参数和M个第二参数，在第一信息中还包括一个第三参数，其中，第三参数对M个传输参数组是共用的。比如，所述M个传输参数组中包括M个传输参数组的标识，M个PDSCH的传输周期，在第一信息中还包括一个PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格，即PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格都是相同的。即，第一参数为传输参数组的标识，第二参数为PDSCH的传输周期，第三参数为PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格。
可以理解的是，第一参数可以是PDSCH的传输周期，传输参数组的标识和PDSCH传输采用的MCS表格中的任一个，相应的，第二参数和第三参数可以选取第一参数之外的参数。应理解，事实上，M个传输参数组的组合可以有多种，上述举例只是示意性地描述，并不对本申请实施例的保护范围构成限定。
S320，网络设备向终端设备发送K个PDSCH，K是大于或等于2的整数，所述K个PDSCH中每个PDSCH分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一PDSCH对应第一传输参数组，第二PDSCH对应第二传输参数组，所述第一PDSCH与所述第二PDSCH是所述K个PDSCH中的不同PDSCH，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组。其中，K个PDSCH可以是没有调度信息的PDSCH。对应的，终端设备接收K个PDSCH。
K个PDSCH是指需要在同一个时间单元发送反馈信息的PDSCH。举例来说，假设PDSCH1在时间单元n收到，根据该PDSCH1对应的激活PDCCH中的指示信息，确定该PDSCH1要在时间单元n+4发送反馈信息，并且，PDSCH2在时间单元n+2收到，根据PDSCH2对应的激活PDCCH中的指示信息，确定PDSCH2也要在时间单元n+4发送反馈信息，则 这两个PDSCH就是K个PDSCH中的2个数据信道。所有在同一个时间单元发送反馈信息的PDSCH就是本申请实施例所述的K个PDSCH。
K是大于或等于2的整数，也就是说本申请实施例针对的是至少有2个PDSCH在同一个时间单元反馈的情况。
上面描述了K个PDSCH是指需要在同一个时间单元发送反馈信息的PDSCH的情况，在本申请实施例中，K个PDSCH也可以按照其他方式确定，按照其他方式确定的K个PDSCH同样适用本申请实施例，对此不作限定。以下展开描述K个PDSCH的确定方式。
K个PDSCH是指同一种业务类型的PDSCH。可选地，PDSCH的具体业务类型可以根据该PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH中承载的DCI格式确定；或者，也可以根据该PDSCH的传输周期确定；或者，也可以根据该PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识确定；或者，也可以根据该PDSCH对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息确定；或者，也可以根据对PDCCH的循环冗余码校验(cyclic redundancy check，CRC)奇偶校验位(parity bits)进行加扰的无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier，RNTI)来确定，该PDCCH为该PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH；或者，也可以根据该PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间(search space)或控制资源集合(control resource set，CORESET)来确定。
示例性地，PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH中承载的DCI格式相同的多个PDSCH，为同一种业务类型的PDSCH。举例来说，PDSCH1对应的激活PDCCH中承载DCI格式1,PDSCH2对应的激活PDCCH中承载DCI格式1,PDSCH3对应的激活PDCCH中承载DCI格式2，则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH,PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH中承载的DCI格式相同。
示例性地，PDSCH传输周期小于或者等于第一周期阈值的为一种业务类型，PDSCH传输周期大于第一周期阈值的为另一种业务类型；或者，PDSCH传输周期小于第一周期阈值的为一种业务类型，PDSCH传输周期大于或者等于第一周期阈值的为另一种业务类型。其中，第一周期阈值可以为协议预定的，或者是高层信令指示的。可选地，第一周期阈值为一个时隙。举例来说，假设第一周期阈值为一个时隙(比如，该时隙包括14个符号)，PDSCH1对应的传输周期为2个符号，PDSCH2对应的传输周期为7个符号，PDSCH3对应的传输周期为2个时隙，可以看到，2个符号和7个符号均小于一个时隙，则可以确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH，PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个PDSCH对应的传输周期均小于或等于第一周期阈值，或者均大于第一周期阈值。
示例性地，PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识小于或者等于第一标识阈值的为一种业务类型，PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识大于第一标识阈值的为另一种业务类型；或者，PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识小于第一标识阈值的为一种业务类型，PDSCH对应的传输参数组的标识大于或者等于第一标识阈值的为另一种业务类型。其中，第一标识阈值可以为协议预定的，或者是高层信令指示的。举例来说，假设第一标识阈值为2，其中PDSCH1对应的传输参数组的标识为1，PDSCH2对应的传输参数组的标识为2，PDSCH3对应的传输参数组的标识为3，可以看到，PDSCH1的标识和PDSCH2的标识小于或等于2， 则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH,PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个PDSCH对应对应的传输参数组的标识均小于或等于第一标识阈值，或者均大于第一标识阈值。
示例性地，M个传输参数组中每个传输参数组中均包含一个优先级指示信息，该优先级指示信息指示该传输参数组对应的PDSCH的业务类型。PDSCH对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息相同的为同一种业务类型。举例来说，假设PDSCH1对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息为1,PDSCH2对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息1，PDSCH3对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息3，可以看到，PDSCH1对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息和PDSCH2对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息均为1，则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH，PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个PDSCH对应对应的传输参数组中的优先级指示信息指示的业务类型相同。
示例性地，对PDCCH的CRC奇偶校验位进行加扰的RNTI相同的为同一种业务类型的PDSCH，其中，该PDCCH为该PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH。举例来说，PDCCH1为PDSCH1对应的激活PDCCH，对PDCCH1的CRC奇偶校验位进行加扰的RNTI为RNTI1；PDCCH2为PDSCH2对应的激活PDCCH，对PDCCH2的CRC奇偶校验位进行加扰的RNTI为RNTI1；PDCCH3为PDSCH3对应的激活PDCCH，对PDCCH3的CRC奇偶校验位进行加扰的RNTI为RNTI2，则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH,PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个对PDCCH的CRC奇偶校验位进行加扰的RNTI相同，其中PDCCH为PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH。
示例性地，PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间或CORESET相同的为同一种业务类型的PDSCH。举例来说，PDSCH1对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间为Search space1,PDSCH2对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间为Search space1,PDSCH3对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间Search space2，则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH,PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。举例来说，PDSCH1对应的激活PDCCH所在的控制资源集合为CORESET1，PDSCH2对应的激活PDCCH所在的控制资源集合为CORESET1,PDSCH3对应的激活PDCCH所在的控制资源集合为CORESET2，则确定PDSCH1和PDSCH2为同一种业务类型的PDSCH,PDSCH3是另外一种类型的PDSCH。这里，K个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型，可以认为K个PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH所在的搜索空间或CORESET相同。
K是大于或等于2的整数，也就是说本申请实施例针对的是至少有2个PDSCH属于同一种业务类型的情况。
在本申请实施例中，在K个PDSCH中，每个PDSCH均可以对应一个传输参数组。并且，至少有两个PDSCH对应的是不同的传输参数组。
具体地，每个PDSCH都对应一个激活PDCCH，该激活PDCCH指示M个传输参数组中的一个传输参数组的标识，即对应地指示了一个传输参数组。例如，K个PDSCH中的PDSCH1，该PDSCH1是根据激活PDCCH1确定的，具体来说，该激活PDCCH1指示传输参数组的标识为1，并且该PDCCH1会调度一个PDSCH传输，之后根据该标识为1的传输参数组中的PDSCH的传输周期，确定后续PDSCH所在的时间单元，这些所有后续的PDSCH中的每一个PDSCH都对应该标识为1的传输参数组。
具体地，终端设备接收第一激活PDCCH，该第一激活PDCCH通过指示M个传输参数组中的第一传输参数组的标识，从而指示第一传输参数组被激活。终端设备通过该第一PDCCH调度一个PDSCH传输，之后可以根据该第一传输参数组中的PDSCH的传输周期，确定后续PDSCH所在的时间单元。这些根据第一传输参数组确定的PDSCH均为该第一传输参数组对应的PDSCH，也就是第一PDSCH。
类似地，终端设备接收第二激活PDCCH，该第二PDCCH激活第二传输参数组，该第二PDCCH用于调度另外一个PDSCH传输。终端设备根据该第二传输参数组中的PDSCH的传输周期，可以确定后续PDSCH所在的时间单元。这些根据第二传输参数组确定的PDSCH均为该第二传输参数组对应的PDSCH，也就是第二PDSCH。
并且，所述第一传输参数组和所述第二传输参数组不同，即K个PDSCH至少对应2个传输参数组。假设K个PDSCH只对应2个传输参数组，也就是说K个PDSCH中有K1个PDSCH对应第一传输参数组，K2个PDSCH对应第二传输参数组，其中，K1+K2＝K，K1和K2为正整数。
S330，终端设备根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源。
S340，所述终端设备在所述第一传输资源上发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。对应的，网络设备在第一传输资源上接收来自终端设备的所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息位于同一个时隙内。
可选地，所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息位于同一个子时隙内，所述子时隙可以为1/2时隙，或者1/7时隙，或者是B个符号，B为小于14的正整数。
可选地，所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息生成一个HARQ码本。此时，可选地，所述K个PDSCH为同一种业务类型的PDSCH。
这里，第一传输资源可以是一个或多个PUCCH资源。终端设备可以在一个PUCCH资源上发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，该一个PUCCH资源上能够承载的比特数大于或等于K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数。或者，终端设备也可以在多个PUCCH资源上发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，可以是每个PUCCH资源上发送一个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，也可以是一个PUCCH资源中发送两个以上的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息(前提是该一个PUCCH资源能够承载的比特数能够满足两个以上的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的比特需求)。当然，无论是哪种情况，都可以保证K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息能够顺利发送，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
下面将具体描述本申请实施例S330和S340不同的实现方式。
第一种可能的实现方式
M个传输参数组中每个传输参数组均会包括一个资源指示信息，该资源指示信息指示一个PUCCH资源。这样，终端设备可以通过多个PUCCH资源发送所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，所述K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个PUCCH资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定所述第一传输资源。
可选地，所述第一传输资源为所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个PUCCH资源。
具体而言，所述R个传输参数组是所述M个传输参数组中的传输参数组。由于K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，则K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个PUCCH资源。如果K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，终端设备可以使用所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定出R个PUCCH资源，从而可以使用R个PUCCH资源发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，保证每个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息都能够正常反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
举例来说，假设M＝4，也就是第一信息包括4个传输参数组。终端设备接收到K＝8个PDSCH，所述8个PDSCH是要在同一个时间单元发送HARQ反馈信息的PDSCH。比如，所述8个PDSCH中的5个PDSCH对应第一个传输参数组，剩余3个PDSCH对应的第二个传输参数组，则8个PDSCH共对应R＝2个传输参数组。其中，第一个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第一PUCCH资源，第二个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第二PUCCH资源，则第一PUCCH资源对应所述5个PDSCH，即所述5个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息在所述第一PUCCH资源上发送，第二PUCCH资源对应所述3个PDSCH，即所述3个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息在所述第二PUCCH资源上发送。
可选地，作为一种实现方式，所述S340包括：终端设备在R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源，发送PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，假设M＝8，也就是第一信息包括8个传输参数组。终端设备接收到K＝10个PDSCH，所述10个PDSCH是要在同一个时间单元发送反馈信息的PDSCH。比如，所述10个PDSCH中的6个PDSCH对应第一个传输参数组，剩余4个PDSCH对应的第二个传输参数组，则10个PDSCH共对应R＝2个传输参数组。其中，第一个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第一PUCCH资源，第二个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第二PUCCH资源，则在第一PUCCH资源上发送所述6个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第二PUCCH上发送所述4个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，作为另一种实现方式，终端设备在使用R个PUCCH资源前发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，可以先判断R个PUCCH资源是否存在重叠。如果没有重叠，则在R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源，发送PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息；如果存在重叠，则对于存在重叠的PUCCH资源，需要选择PUCCH资源发送该存在重叠的PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
存在重叠的PUCCH资源的可以是R个PUCCH资源中的任意两个PUCCH资源存在重叠。应理解，任意两个PUCCH资源存在重叠是指，所述任意两个PUCCH资源中一个PUCCH资源的所占的时间单元和另一PUCCH资源所占的时间单元之间有相同的时间单元。
举例来说，假设M＝4，也就是第一信息包括4个传输参数组。终端设备接收到K＝8个PDSCH，所述8个PDSCH是要在同一个时间单元发送HARQ反馈信息的PDSCH。比如，所述8个PDSCH中的5个PDSCH对应第一个传输参数组，剩余3个PDSCH对应的第二个传输参数组，则8个PDSCH共对应R＝2个传输参数组。其中第一个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第一PUCCH资源，第二个传输参数组对应的资源指示信息指示第二PUCCH资源。终端设备可以判断所述第一PUCCH资源和所述第二PUCCH资源是否存在重 叠。假设第一PUCCH资源所占的时间单元为时隙n中的符号2到符号5，第二PUCCH资源所占的时间单元为时隙n中的符号7到符号8，这两个PUCCH资源对应的时域符号均不相同，则说明不存在重叠，则在第一个PUCCH资源上发送所述5个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，第二个PUCCH上发送所述3个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息；假设第一PUCCH资源所占的时间单元为时隙n中的符号2到符号5，第二PUCCH资源所占的时间单元为时隙n中的符号4到符号6，这两个PUCCH资源有相同的时间单元，即符号4和符号5，则说明第一PUCCH资源与第二PUCCH资源有重叠，则不可以在第一个PUCCH资源上发送所述5个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，也不可以在第二个PUCCH上发送所述3个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，而是需要选择PUCCH资源以发送该存在重叠的PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，若所述R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，在目标PUCCH资源中发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，是指R个PUCCH资源中，有H个PUCCH资源，该H个PUCCH资源中的任一个PUCCH资源均能在该H个PUCCH资源中找到至少一个PUCCH资源与该PUCCH资源有重叠的PUCCH资源。H个PUCCH资源满足以下条件称为H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠：H个PUCCH资源中的第三PUCCH资源与第四PUCCH资源重叠，其中，第三PUCCH资源为除第五PUCCH资源外的PUCCH资源，第四PUCCH资源的结束符号的时域位置在第三PUCCH资源的结束符号的时域位置之后，第五PUCCH资源的结束符号位于该H个PUCCH资源的结束符号的最后。也就是说，这H个PUCCH资源中除最后一个PUCCH资源之外的PUCCH资源，这里我们称这个PUCCH资源为第三PUCCH资源；总能在这H个PUCCH资源中找到一个结束符号在该第三PUCCH资源的结束符号之后的PUCCH资源，这里我们称之为第四PUCCH资源，使得第三PUCCH资源与第四PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠。
为了便于理解，这里结合图4中的示例进行描述。如图4所示，假设R＝7，即有7个PUCCH资源，分别为PUCCH资源1(占用符号1和符号2)，PUCCH资源2(占用符号3和符号4)，PUCCH资源3(占用符号2和符号3)，PUCCH资源4(占用符号7和符号8)，PUCCH资源5(占用符号9和符号10)，PUCCH资源6(占用符号8和符号9)，PUCCH资源7(占用符号10和符号11)。在这7个PUCCH资源中，PUCCH资源1、PUCCH资源2和PUCCH资源3是7个PUCCH资源中有重叠的3个PUCCH资源，这3个PUCCH资源中的任何一个PUCCH资源均能在这3个PUCCH资源中找到至少一个PUCCH资源和其重叠，且这3个PUCCH资源与7个PUCCH资源中的剩余4个PUCCH资源没有重叠。比如PUCCH资源1和PUCCH资源3重叠，PUCCH资源2和PUCCH资源3重叠，PUCCH资源3和PUCCH资源2及PUCCH资源1均重叠。PUCCH资源4(占用符号7和符号8)、PUCCH资源5(占用符号9和符号10)、PUCCH资源6(占用符号8和符号9)和PUCCH资源7(占用符号10和符号11)7个PUCCH资源中有重叠的4个PUCCH资源，这4个PUCCH资源中的任何一个PUCCH资源均能在这4个PUCCH资源中找到至少一个PUCCH资源和其重叠，且这3个PUCCH资源与7个PUCCH资源中的剩余3个PUCCH资源没有重叠。具体比如：PUCCH资源4和PUCCH资源6重叠，PUCCH资源5和PUCCH资源6及PUCCH资源7重叠，PUCCH 资源6和PUCCH资源4及PUCCH资源5均重叠，PUCCH资源7和PUCCH资源5重叠。
也就是说，如果R个PUCCH资源中存在H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，则需要选择目标PUCCH资源，以便于在目标PUCCH资源上发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
这里对如何选择目标PUCCH资源提供了两种方式。
方式1
所述目标PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中起始时域位置最靠前的PUCCH资源。这样，在上行控制资源发生重叠时，可以选择起始时域最靠前的PUCCH资源，以保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够及时发送，能够适应于下行控制信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延较小的场景，保证业务低时延。
例如前面图4的例子，假设所述H个PUCCH资源为标号1-3的PUCCH资源，则可以选择时域位置最靠前的PUCCH资源，即PUCCH资源1；假设所述H个PUCCH资源为标号4-7的PUCCH资源，则可以选择时域位置最靠前的PUCCH资源，即PUCCH资源4。
或者，所述目标PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中起始时域位置最靠后的PUCCH资源。这样，在上行控制资源发生重叠时，可以选择起始时域最靠后的PUCCH资源，以保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够正常发送，能够适应于PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延较大的场景，可以给终端设备预留足够的处理时间，将所有重叠H个PUCCH中的HARQ反馈信息打包一起反馈，保证HARQ反馈信息能够顺利反馈。
例如前面图4的例子，假设所述H个PUCCH资源为标号1-3的PUCCH资源，则可以选择时域位置最靠后的PUCCH资源，即PUCCH资源2；假设所述H个PUCCH资源为标号4-7的PUCCH资源，则可以选择时域位置最靠后的PUCCH资源，即PUCCH资源7。
或者，所述目标PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中满足发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH所对应的下行控制信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延的PUCCH资源。
所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH所对应的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延是指：从所述所有H个PUCCH资源对应的所有PDSCH中的时域位置最靠后的一个PDSCH所在的时间单元的结束位置，到发送所述所有PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的PUCCH开始时间单元之间间隔的最小时间单元格数，例如间隔的最小符号个数。为了便于描述，这里可以假设反馈时延为T个符号。
满足HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延的PUCCH资源是指，该PUCCH资源对应的时域位置距离最靠后的一个PDSCH所在的时间单元的结束位置之间，间隔的符号个数大于或等于所述反馈时延T。并且，最终可以从H个PUCCH资源中所有能够满足反馈时延的PUCCH资源中，选择时域最靠前的PUCCH资源作为所述目标PUCCH资源。这样能够保证给终端设备足够的时间做多个HARQ反馈信息的合并反馈处理，保证多个HARQ反馈信息顺利发送，并且选择最早的满足反馈时延的PUCCH资源，从而尽可能的降低时延。
举例来说，假设有H＝3个PUCCH资源重叠，该3个PUCCH对应3个PDSCH，其中时域最靠后的PDSCH的结束符号在符号k，从该符号k到最早能够发送这3个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的PUCCH开始符号之间为T个符号。即最早只能在符号k加T个符号后才能发HARQ反馈信息，这样，只有符号k加上T个符号对应的时域位置之后的PUCCH 资源能满足反馈时延。
例如，前面图4的例子，所述H个PUCCH资源为图4中的PUCCH资源1至PUCCH资源3，需要将3个PUCCH资源中承载的HARQ反馈信息一起反馈。终端设备需要一定的时间将这些HARQ反馈信息串联在一起反馈。假设在PUCCH资源1上发送的HARQ反馈信息不能满足时延，在PUCCH资源2上发送的HARQ反馈信息满足时延，则选择PUCCH资源3作为目标PUCCH资源，发送HARQ反馈信息。虽然PUCCH资源2也能够满足时延，但是PUCCH资源3在时域上比PUCCH资源2更靠前，所以选择PUCCH资源3作为目标PUCCH资源，以传输3个PUCCH资源中承载的HARQ反馈信息，以降低时延。
或者，所述目标PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中优先级最高的PUCCH资源。这里，优先级指的是PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级。这样，在上行控制资源发生重叠时，可以选择PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级最高的PUCCH资源，以保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够正常发送。由于优先级较高的PUCCH资源本是用于发送优先级较高的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的，为了保证优先级比较高的PDSCH的可靠性，该优先级最高的PUCCH资源所占的时频资源比较大，也就是说在该优先级最高的PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息能够实现比较低的码率，从而保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够以比较高的可靠性发送。
可选地，PDSCH的优先级可以根据该PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH确定。
可选地，一种方式包括：根据激活PDCCH中的优先级指示域确定PDSCH的优先级，例如，激活PDCCH中包含3bit,一共可以指示8个优先级。可选地，激活PDCCH中指示的优先级数值越低，该PDCCH指示的PDSCH的优先级越高，或者，激活PDCCH中指示的优先级数值越高，该PDCCH指示的PDSCH的优先级越高。例如，若比特序列为000，则表示优先级最高，若比特序列为111，则表示优先级最低。又例如，若比特序列为000，则表示优先级最低，若比特序列为111，则表示优先级最高。
可选地，一种方式包括：根据激活PDCCH中的传输参数组指示域确定PDSCH的优先级，激活参数组标识数值越小，该激活参数组对应的PDSCH的优先级越高。假设激活PDCCH中包含3bit,一共可以指示8个传输参数组。可选地，激活PDCCH中指示的传输参数组数值越低，该PDCCH指示的PDSCH的优先级越高，或者，激活PDCCH中指示的传输参数组数值越高，该PDCCH指示的PDSCH的优先级越高。例如，若比特序列为000，则表示该比特序列对应的传输参数组的优先级最高，若比特序列为111，则表示该比特序列对应的传输参数组的优先级最低。又例如，若比特序列为000，则表示该比特序列对应的传输参数组的优先级最低，若比特序列为111，则表示该比特序列对应的传输参数组的优先级最高。
可选地，一种方式包括：根据激活PDCCH中的数据的时域资源指示域确定PDSCH的优先级，时域资源指示域指示的时域长度L越短，对应的PDSCH优先级越高。比如，假设激活PDCCH中包含的时域资源指示域指示的时域长度为7，则表示该时域长度对应的PDSCH的优先级最低；假设激活PDCCH中包含的时域资源指示域指示的时域长度L为2，则表示该时域长度对应的PDSCH的优先级最高。
可选地，一种方式包括：根据激活PDCCH的时域位置确定PDSCH的优先级，激活PDCCH的时域位置越靠后则优先级越高。比如，假设一个激活PDCCH的时域位置在符号0，另 一个激活PDCCH的时域位置在符号4，则在符号4上的激活PDCCH的时域位置的优先级，高于在符号1上的激活PDCCH。
可选地，PDSCH的优先级可以根据该PDSCH的时域位置确定，PDSCH的时域位置越靠后，则对应的PDSCH的优先级越高。比如，假设PDSCH1的时域位置在时隙1的符号1，PDSCH2的时域位置在在时隙1的符号5，则PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH1的优先级。
或者，所述目标PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中优先级最低的PUCCH资源。这样，在上行控制资源发生重叠时，可以选择PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级最低的PUCCH资源，以保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够正常发送。由于优先级最低的PUCCH资源所占的时频资源可能会比较少，这样在发生重叠时，选择优先级级最低的PUCCH资源发送HARQ反馈信息，能够降低上行资源的开销。
应理解，上述各种选择目标PUCCH资源的方法，在不存在冲突且逻辑合理的情况下可以组合使用，本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如，如果所述H个PUCCH资源中优先级最高的PUCCH资源有多个，则可以优选起始时域最靠前的PUCCH资源作为目标PUCCH资源。
应理解，在选择的目标PUCCH资源上，发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。可选地，可以将在目标PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照一定的顺序排列。所述HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序可以为下面中的一种或者多种：HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH对应的标识ID从小到大(或从大到小)；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH从前到后的顺序，从而能够保证网络设备能够识别在目标PUCCH资源上发送的反馈信息分别对应哪些PDSCH。
举例来说，假设有3个PUCCH资源，每个PUCCH资源上需要发送的反馈信息分别为Y1比特，Y2比特和Y3比特，则在目标PUCCH资源上需要发送Y＝Y1+Y2+Y3比特的HARQ反馈信息。假设Y1比特对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输最靠前，Y2比特对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输仅次于Y1比特对应的PDSCH，Y3比特对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输最靠后，若按照PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后，则Y比特的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序为：Y1比特、Y2比特和Y3比特。假设Y1比特对应的PDSCH的标识为1，Y2比特对应的PDSCH的标识为2，Y3比特对应的PDSCH的标识为3，若按照PDSCH的标识从小到大的顺序，则Y比特的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序为：Y1比特、Y2比特和Y3比特。假设Y1比特对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH在时域上最靠前，Y2比特对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH在时域上仅次于Y1比特对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH，Y3比特对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH在时域上最靠后，若按照激活PDCCH在时域上从前到后的顺序，则Y比特的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序为：Y1比特、Y2比特和Y3比特。
所述目标PUCCH资源可能不足以承载所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息时，即，所述目标PUCCH资源上最大能够承载X比特的反馈信息，但是所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息共有Y比特，Y大于X。这里，可以将所述Y个比特按照一定的顺序排列，所述Y个比特中的前X个比特承载在所述目标PUCCH资源上发送，所述Y个比特中的剩余的Y-X个比特被丢弃。也就是说，需要将所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息按照一定的顺序排列，按照HARQ反馈信息的排列顺 序承载，即排列顺序靠后的HARQ反馈信息，如果不能够承载在该目标PUCCH资源上，则这些HARQ反馈信息被丢弃，从而能够保证排列在前面的HARQ反馈信息能够正常被发送，保证针对这些排列在前面的HARQ反馈信息进行数据调度，最大限度的利用上行资源。
方式2
网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个PUCCH资源。终端设备可以在多个PUCCH资源中选择目标PUCCH资源，以便于发送存在重叠的PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述方法300还包括：
网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个PUCCH资源，G为大于或等于2的整数。相应的，终端设备接收所述第二信息，然后根据所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个PUCCH资源中确定一个PUCCH资源作为所述目标PUCCH资源。对应的，终端设备接收第二信息。
可选地，网络设备可以通过高层信令向终端设备发送所述第二信息。对应的，终端设备接收高层信令，所述高层信令包括所述第二信息。
相应的，网络设备也可以根据所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，确定所述G个PUCCH资源中的一个PUCCH资源为所述目标PUCCH资源。其中，所述G个PUCCH资源中能够承载所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特、且资源数量最小的PUCCH资源为所述目标PUCCH资源。因此，选择的目标PUCCH资源能够承载所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，从而能够保证H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息都能够顺利反馈，从而保证网络设备正常收到HARQ反馈信息，及时调度重传，保证数据的可靠性和时延。
如果所述R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，则终端设备或网络设备可以根据所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在G个PUCCH资源中，选择能够满足所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数的一个PUCCH资源，作为所述目标PUCCH资源。
例如，第二个信息指示G＝6个PUCCH资源，假设每个PUCCH资源上能够承载的比特对应一个比特区间，比如，比特区间依次为：第1个PUCCH资源能够承载1-10比特，第2个PUCCH资源能够承载11-20比特，第3个PUCCH资源能够承载21-30比特，第4个PUCCH资源能够承载31-40比特，第5个PUCCH资源能够承载41-50比特，第6个PUCCH资源能够承载51-60比特。若HARQ反馈信息的比特数为1-10比特，则选择6个PUCCH资源中的第1个PUCCH资源；若HARQ反馈信息比特数为11-20比特，则对应第2个PUCCH资源；依次类推，若HARQ反馈信息比特数为51-60比特，则对应第6个PUCCH资源。比如，如果H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数为35比特，则选择6个资源中的第4个PUCCH资源为目标PUCCH资源。
应理解，所述G个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源都可以对应一个反馈信息比特区间，具体对应关系可以是根据协议预定义的，或者，也可以是在第二信息中指示的，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
应理解，在选择的目标PUCCH资源上，发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。这里，可以将在目标PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照一定的顺序排列。所述在目标PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序可以为下面中的一种或者多种：HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH对应的标识ID从小到大(或从大到小)；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH对应的激活PDCCH从前到后的顺序。这样能够保证网络设备能够识别在目标PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息分别对应哪些PDSCH。所述在目标PUCCH资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序的具体解释可以参照方式1中的描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
可选地，作为再一种实现方式，终端设备在使用R个PUCCH资源前发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，可以先判断R个PUCCH资源是否存在重叠。如果没有重叠，则在R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源，发送PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息；如果存在重叠，则可以发送一些PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并取消一些PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的发送。
举例来说，若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，在第一PUCCH资源上，发送所述第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息被取消发送，所述第一PUCCH资源和所述第二PUCCH资源为所述H个PUCCH资源中的不同PUCCH资源，所述第一PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
应理解，本申请实施例对第一PUCCH资源与第二PUCCH资源中包括的资源数量不作限定。
下面将描述第一PUCCH资源与第二PUCCH资源可能满足的关系。
可选地，所述第一PUCCH资源的优先级高于所述第二PUCCH资源的优先级。这里，优先级是PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级。PDSCH的优先级可以根据前面所述的方法确定。如果第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级，高于第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的优先级，则终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上，发送第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并且取消第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的发送。这样，在PUCCH资源发生重叠(也可以理解为碰撞)时，可以优先保证高优先级的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够优先发送，从而保证高优先级业务传输的可靠性。
这里结合图5中的示例进行描述。如图5所示，在情形一中，PUCCH资源1占用符号1和符号2，PUCCH资源2占用符号2、符号3和符号4，即PUCCH资源1与PUCCH资源2的重叠部分为符号2。假设PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的优先级，高于PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的优先级，则发送PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并丢弃PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息；假设PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的优先级，低于PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的优先级，则发送PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并丢弃PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
如图5所示，在情形二中，PUCCH资源1占用符号1和符号2，PUCCH资源2占用符号2、符号3和符号4，PUCCH资源3占用符号4和符号5，即PUCCH资源1与PUCCH资源2的重叠部分为符号2，PUCCH资源2与PUCCH资源3的重叠部分为符号4，即3个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠。如果PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的优先级，高于PUCCH资 源2对应的PDSCH的优先级，则在PUCCH资源1上发送PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并丢弃PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，此时由于PUCCH资源1和PUCCH资源3不重叠，PUCCH资源3对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息也可以发送。如果PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的优先级，低于PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的优先级，则丢弃PUCCH资源1对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，随后可以继续比较PUCCH资源2和PUCCH3对应的PDSCH的优先级。如果PUCCH2对应的优先级低于PUCCH资源3对应的PDSCH的优先级，则发送PUCCH资源3对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，丢弃PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息；如果PUCCH2对应的优先级高于PUCCH资源3对应的PDSCH的优先级，则发送PUCCH资源2对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，丢弃PUCCH资源3对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
或者，所述第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的传输周期小于所述第二PUCCH对应的PDSCH的传输周期。也就是说，如果第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的传输周期，小于第二PUCCH对应的PDSCH的传输周期，则终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上，发送第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并且取消第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。这样，在上行控制资源发生重叠时，可以保证传输周期较小的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够优先发送，从而保证业务传输的可靠性。并且，由于周期较小的PDSCH时延要求也比较紧急，优先发送周期较小的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，能够保证业务传输的时延。
或者，所述第一PUCCH资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二PUCCH对应的传输参数组的标识号。也就是说，如果第一PUCCH资源对应的传输参数组的标识号，小于第二PUCCH对应的传输参数组的标识号，则终端设备在第一PUCCH资源上，发送第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并且取消第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的发送。这样，在PUCCH资源发生重叠时，可以保证传输参数组号较小的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够优先发送，从而保证业务传输的可靠性。其中，传输参数组标号较小的下行控制信道可能是比较重要的优先级比较高的PDSCH，发送优先级比较高的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，能够优先保证高优先级的业务的可靠性和时延。
或者，所述第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH所在的时域位置，比所述第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH所在的时域位置靠后。也就是说，如果所述第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH所在的时域位置，晚于所述第二PUCCH对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH所在的时域位置，则终端设备在所述第一PUCCH资源上，发送所述第一PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，并且取消所述第二PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的发送。这样，在PUCCH资源发生重叠时，可以保证时域位置靠后的激活PDCCH对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够优先发送，也就是说，激活较晚的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息能够及时发送，从而保证业务传输的可靠性。之所以这样做是因为：网络设备在发送后面的激活PDCCH时，根据资源的指示已经知道PUCCH资源会有重叠，但仍然发送了这个激活PDCCH，也就说明这个激活较晚的PDCCH对应的PDSCH比较紧急，也就是对时延的要求比较高，即时延更低，所以优先发送激活较晚的PDCCH对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，能够满足时延比较紧急的业务的时延需求。
上面描述了将PUCCH资源的优先级、PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的传输周期，或者PUCCH 资源对应的传输参数组的标识号作为衡量因素，选择发送或取消发送哪些PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。应理解，上述三种衡量因素之间，也是可以组合使用的，即可以基于上述三种衡量因素中的多项，选择发送或取消发送哪些PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，终端设备可以基于PUCCH资源的优先级、PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的传输周期，选择发送或取消发送哪些PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。若终端设备首先基于PUCCH资源的优先级来选择，如果PUCCH的优先级相同，则再基于PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的传输周期来选择。
因此，在第一种可能的实现方式中，在多个PUCCH资源存在重叠的情况下，通过定义规则发送PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，保证终端设备和网络设备理解一致，从而保证通信正常进行，即HARQ反馈信息正常发送，保证高优先级业务或者是可靠性时延需求比较高的业务的HARQ反馈信息的及时发送，从而保证可靠性和时延。
第二种可能的实现方式
所述第一传输资源是一个PUCCH资源。终端设备可以在一个PUCCH资源上，发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一传输资源。
也就是说，网络设备可以通过第一资源指示信息，为终端设备直接指示一个PUCCH资源，以便于终端设备发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。其中，所述第一PUCCH资源中承载能够的比特数，可以满足所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，比如，所述第一PUCCH资源能够承载的比特数目至少大于2比特。
可选地，在第一传输资源上，不仅要发送所述K个PDSCH对应的的HARQ反馈信息，还可以发送动态调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。其中，所述动态调度的PDSCH是指每次有新数据传输都要发送对应的PDCCH的PDSCH。
具体而言，终端设备可以将所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息添加在动态调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息之后，生成一个新的HARQ反馈信息，称作HARQ-ACK码本，然后在第一传输资源上发送。
可选地，所述第一传输资源可以根据所述HARQ-ACK码本的比特数确定的。
可选地，网络设备可以通过高层信令向终端设备发送所述第三信息。所述第三信息指示F个PUCCH资源集合，F为正整数。
对应的，终端设备接收所述第三信息。终端设备可以根据所述HARQ-ACK码本的总比特数，在所述F个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合，之后从该PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源。其中，终端设备在该PUCCH资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源的方式可以为：根据所述动态调度的PDSCH以及所述K个PDSCH所对应的所有PDCCH中时域位置最靠后的PDCCH确定。其中，该最靠后的PDCCH中包含一个比特域，用以指示所述一个PUCCH资源集合中的一个PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源。
相应的，网络设备根据所述HARQ-ACK码本的总比特数，确定所述F个PUCCH资源集合中的一个PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源。
由于第一传输资源是根据HARQ-ACK码本的总比特数以及最后一个PDCCH确定的，因此所有的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息都可以在该第一传输资源上传输，能够保证这些HARQ反馈信息都能够顺利反馈，从而保证网络设备正常收到HARQ反馈信息，及时调度重传，保证数据的可靠性和时延。
第三种可能的实现方式
在该第三种可能的实现方式中，终端设备也是在一个PUCCH资源上，发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。与第二种可能的实现方式的区别在于，终端设备需要在多个PUCCH资源中，选择一个合适的PUCCH资源发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。
所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个PUCCH资源，N是大于1的整数；相应的，所述根据第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个PUCCH资源中确定一个PUCCH资源作为所述第一传输资源。
也就是说，网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个PUCCH资源，使得终端设备在多个PUCCH资源中，选择一个满足K个PDSCH对应的反馈信息的总比特数的PUCCH资源，从而在选定的PUCCH资源上发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。其中，终端设备选择的一个PUCCH资源中承载能够的比特数，可以满足所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，比如，终端设备选择的一个PUCCH资源能够承载的比特数目至少大于2比特。
相应的，网络设备也可以根据所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，确定所述N个PUCCH资源中的一个PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源。其中，所述N个PUCCH资源中能够承载所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特、且资源数量最小的PUCCH资源为所述第一传输资源。
在上述第二种可能的实现方式或第三种可能的实现方式中，终端设备均是在一个PUCCH资源上，发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。这里，对在一个PUCCH资源上发送的K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，可以预先定义HARQ反馈信息的发送格式，比如，K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的比特数，以及这些比特的排列顺序。下面通过两种方式说明K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的比特数，以及这些比特的排列顺序。
方式1：
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上，终端设备发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：在所述第一传输资源上仅发送所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
或者，终端设备在所述第一传输资源上发送所有激活的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的PDSCH中包括所述K个PDSCH，其中，激活的PDSCH是指：网络设备向终端发送激活的多个激活PDCCH，每个PDCCH均调度一个PDSCH，并且根据传输周期可以确定出多个PDSCH所在的时间单元。这些所有激活PDCCH指示的所有PDSCH所在的时间单元中，有一些PDSCH所在的时间单元上会收到PDSCH，而一些PDSCH所在的时间单元中可能没有收到PDSCH，但是这些PDSCH(包括收到的PDSCH和没有收到的PDSCH)需要在同一个时间单元发送HARQ反馈信息。这些需要在同一个时间单元发送HARQ反馈信息的PDSCH所在的时间单元上潜在接收的PDSCH就是所有激活的PDSCH。这些时间单元 上虽然只有K个时间单元上收到了PDSCH，但是这些时间单元中的每个时间单元都各自对应一个HARQ反馈信息。如果时间单元上有数据接收到，则发送对应的反馈信息(ACK或NACK)；如果没有对应的数据接收，则该时间单元对应的反馈信息为NACK。这样可以保证HARQ反馈信息的比特数固定，不会由于某个数据没有接收到而导致反馈信息的总比特数变化，从而保证HARQ反馈信息发送的可靠性。也就是说，即便没有收到在一些PDSCH所在的时间单元中没有收到PDSCH，也会为没有收到的PDSCH预留相应的HARQ信息的反馈位置。
或者，终端设备在所述第一传输资源上发送M个传输参数组对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的PDSCH中包括所述K个PDSCH。
这里结合图6中的例子描述在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息。如图6所示，假设配置了4套SPS配置，分别对应4个传输参数组(即M＝4)，网络设备激活了3套SPS配置。其中PDSCH1代表对应第一组传输参数组的PDSCH，也就是第一组激活的PDSCH，PDSCH2代表对应第二组传输参数的PDSCH，也就是第二组激活的PDSCH，PDSCH3代表对应第三组传输参数的PDSCH，也就是第三组激活的PDSCH。也就是说所有激活的PDSCH共有6个。其中，每套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的传输周期均为7个符号，假设终端设备收到了4个PDSCH(即K＝4)，4个PDSCH所在的时域资源位置如图中的阴影部分所示，具体即在第一个PDSCH1和第一个PDSCH3的位置均收到一个PDSCH，在两个PDSCH2的位置均收到一个PDSCH。可选地，如果收到了PDSCH，则终端设备发送相应的HARQ反馈信息(ACK/NACK)，并在没有收到数据的对应位置填充N。
对于图6中所示的PDSCH，可以定义在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息包括所有激活的SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。假设每套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用2比特，则激活的3套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用6比特。
或者，对于图6中所示的PDSCH，可以定义在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息包括M个传输参数组对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。假设每套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用2比特，则配置的4套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用8比特。
或者，对于图6中所示的PDSCH，可以定义在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息仅包括K个传输参数组对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。假设收到了4个PDSCH，则4个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用4比特。
在上述第二种可能的实现方式或第三种可能的实现方式中，对于在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序，可以按照以下一项或多项的顺序承载于第一传输资源上：HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH优先级从高到低(或从低到高)；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后；HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH对应的标识ID从小到大(或从大到小)。
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级高于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级；或，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级与第 二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置。
应理解，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，可以将在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照对应的PDSCH的优先级从高到低的顺序排列；若所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级相同，按照所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后的顺序排列。其中，PDSCH的优先级可以根据前面所述的方法确定，不再赘述。
具体而言，终端设备可以将多个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，按照PDSCH的优先级从高到低的顺序依次排列，从而保证优先级较高的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息优先发送。进一步地，如果存在多个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的优先级相同，则可以按照PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后依次排列，从而在优先级相同时保证最先传输的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息优先发送。这样可以保证终端设备按照预定义的排列顺序发送PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，网络设备接收到HARQ反馈信息后，根据HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序，确定PDSCH是否译码正确，决定后续的调度策略，可以保证通信的正常进行。
这里结合图6中的例子描述在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息，在PDSCH的优先级不同时如何排序。结合图6所述的PDSCH，假设PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH3的优先级，且PDSCH3的优先级高于PDSCH1的优先级。
结合图6所述的PDSCH，对于定义HARQ反馈信息包括所有激活的SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的情形：假设每套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用2比特，则激活的3套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用6比特，即要反馈6比特的HARQ反馈信息。6比特的HARQ反馈信息按照先后次序分别为前2个比特，中间2个比特，最后2个比特。由于PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH3的优先级，高于PDSCH1的优先级，因此6比特中的前2个比特反馈PDSCH2对应的反馈信息。进一步地，可以考虑时域先后顺序，具体即：在前2个比特中，可以优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，其次反馈在符号9和10的PDSCH2的反馈信息。6比特中的中间2比特发送PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，在中间2个比特中，也可以优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号4和符号5的PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，其次反馈在符号11和12的PDSCH3的HARQ反馈信息。6比特中的最后2比特反馈PDSCH1的反馈信息，在最后2个比特中，优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号0和符号1的PDSCH1对应的反馈信息，其次反馈在符号7和8的PDSCH1的反馈信息。由于只有符号0和符号1的PDSCH1收到数据，符号2和符号3的PDSCH2以及符号9和10的PDSCH2均收到数据，只有符号4和符号5的PDSCH3收到数据，则在第1比特和第2比特分别填符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息以及符号9和10的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第3比特填符号4和符号5的PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第4比特没有数据收到，填NACK,第5比特填符号0和符号1的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第6bit没有收到数据,填NACK。
结合图6所述的PDSCH，对于定义HARQ反馈信息包括M个传输参数组对应的PDSCH 的HARQ反馈信息的情形，假设每套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用2比特，则配置的4套SPS配置对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用8比特，即要反馈8比特的HARQ反馈信息。另外，虽然配置了PDSCH4具体对应的传输参数组，但是PDSCH4并未被激活，即没有收到PDSCH4。8比特的HARQ反馈信息按照先后次序分为4组2比特，分别为第1组比特(包括第1比特和第2比特)，第2组比特(包括第3比特和第4比特)，第3组比特(包括第5比特和第6比特)，和第4组比特(包括第7比特和第8比特)。由于PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH3的优先级，高于PDSCH1的优先级，高于PDSCH4的优先级，因此8比特中的第1组比特反馈PDSCH2对应的反馈信息。进一步地，可以考虑时域先后顺序，具体即：在第1组比特中，可以优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，其次反馈在符号9和10的PDSCH2的反馈信息。8比特中的第2组比特发送PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第2组比特中，也可以优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号4和符号5的PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，其次反馈在符号11和12的PDSCH3的HARQ反馈信息。8比特中的第3组比特反馈PDSCH1的反馈信息，在第3组比特中，优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号0和符号1的PDSCH1对应的反馈信息，其次反馈在符号7和8的PDSCH1的反馈信息。第4组比特填PDSCH4的反馈信息。由于只有符号0和符号1的PDSCH1收到数据，符号2和符号3的PDSCH2以及符号9和10的PDSCH2均收到数据，只有符号4和符号5的PDSCH3收到数据，则在第1比特和第2比特分别填符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息以及符号9和10的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第3比特填符号4和符号5的PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第4比特没有数据收到，填NACK,第5比特填符号0和符号1的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息，在第6比特没有收到数据,填NACK。另外，在第7比特和第8比特均未收到数据，填NACK。
结合图6所述的PDSCH，对于定义HARQ反馈信息仅包括K个传输参数组对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的情形：假设收到了4个PDSCH，则4个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息占用4比特，即要反馈4比特的HARQ反馈信息。4比特的HARQ反馈信息按照先后次序分别为第1比特，第2比特，第3比特和第4比特。由于PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH3的优先级，高于PDSCH1的优先级，因此4比特中的前2个比特反馈PDSCH2对应的反馈信息。进一步地，可以考虑时域先后顺序，具体即：在前2个比特中，可以优先反馈时域传输靠前的PDSCH的反馈信息，即优先反馈占据符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，其次反馈在符号9和10的PDSCH2的反馈信息。由于符号2和符号3的PDSCH2以及符号9和10的PDSCH2均收到数据，则第1比特填符号2和符号3的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息，第2比特填符号9和10的PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息。由于PDSCH3只有在符号4和符号5收到数据，则在第3比特填符号4和符号5的PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息。由于PDSCH1只在符号0和符号1收到数据，则在第4比特填符号0和符号1的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号小于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号；或者，第一 HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号与第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置。
应理解，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，可以将在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号从小到大(或从大到小)的顺序排列；若所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，按照所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的传输顺序从前到后的顺序排列。例如，假设PDSCH1对应的传输参数组的标识为1，PDSCH2对应的传输参数组的标识为2，PDSCH3对应的传输参数组的标识为3，则在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序可以依次为：PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息、PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息、PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息。进一步地，对于传输参数组的标识号相同的PDSCH，比如，在第1个周期内发送的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息和第2个周期中发送的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息，则可以优先反馈在第1个周期内发送的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息，然后再发送在第2个周期中发送的PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号小于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号；或者，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号与第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级高于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级。
应理解，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，可以将在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号从小到大(或从大到小)的顺序排列；若所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，按照所述HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的优先级从高到低的顺序排列。例如，假设PDSCH1对应的传输参数组的标识为1，PDSCH2对应的传输参数组的标识为1，PDSCH3对应的传输参数组的标识为2，则在第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的排列顺序可以依次为：PDSCH1对应的HARQ反馈信息和PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息、PDSCH3对应的HARQ反馈信息。进一步地，对于传输参数组的标识号相同的PDSCH，比如，PDSCH1和PDSCH2，则可以比较PDSCH1的优先级和PDSCH2的优先级，若PDSCH2的优先级高于PDSCH1的优先级，则可以优先反馈PDSCH2对应的HARQ反馈信息。其中，PDSCH的优先级可以参照前面的描述，不再赘述。
方式2：
可选地，终端设备在所述第一传输资源上，发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：确定K个PDSCH对应的A个PDSCH时机；A为小于或者等于K的正整数；在第一传输资源上，发送所述A个PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息。
其中，终端设备确定K个PDSCH对应的A个PDSCH时机包括：根据K个PDSCH中对 应的K个PDSCH资源确定所述A个PDSCH时机。
具体地，终端设备从所述K个PDSCH资源中选择结束符号最靠前的第一PDSCH资源，然后在K个PDSCH资源中确定与第一PDSCH资源重叠的所有PDSCH资源，作为第一类PDSCH资源。这些第一类PDSCH资源为A个PDSCH时机中的第一个PDSCH时机；之后从K个PDSCH资源中除去第一类PDSCH资源，从剩余的PDSCH资源中选择结束符号最靠前的第二PDSCH资源，将剩余的PDSCH资源中与第二PDSCH资源重叠的所有PDSCH资源，确定为第二类PDSCH资源。这些第二类PDSCH资源为A个PDSCH时机中的第二个PDSCH时机；依次类推，可以确定出A个PDSCH时机。
其中，任意两个PDSCH资源重叠的含义与PUCCH资源重叠的含义类似，可以参考前文的描述，为了简洁这里不再赘述。
这里结合图7中的示例进行描述。如图7所示，假设K＝7，即有7个PDSCH的反馈信息要一起反馈，这7个PDSCH对应7个PDSCH资源，分别为PDSCH资源1(占用符号1和符号2)，PDSCH资源2(占用符号3和符号4)，PDSCH资源3(占用符号2和符号3)，PDSCH资源4(占用符号7和符号8)，PDSCH资源5(占用符号9和符号10)，PDSCH资源6(占用符号8和符号9)，PDSCH资源7(占用符号10和符号11)。在这7个PDSCH资源中，PDSCH资源1的结束符号最靠前，与PDSCH资源1重叠的时域资源为PDSCH资源3，这两个PDSCH资源为第一个PDSCH时机。除去PDSCH资源1和PDSCH资源3后，PDSCH资源2为结束符号最靠前，在7个PDSCH资源中的剩余资源中，没有与PDSCH资源2重叠的时域资源，则PDSCH资源2为第二个PDSCH时机；除去PDSCH资源1-3后，在7个PDSCH资源中的剩余资源中，PDSCH资源4结束符号最靠前，且与PDSCH资源4重叠的时域资源为PDSCH资源6，则PDSCH资源4和PDSCH资源6为第三个PDSCH时机；在除去PDSCH资源1-4和PDSCH资源6后，在7个PDSCH资源的剩余的资源中，PDSCH资源5的结束符号最靠前，且与PDSCH资源5重叠的时域资源为PDSCH资源7，则PDSCH资源5和PDSCH资源7为第四个PDSCH时机。也就是说，最终一共确定出4个PDSCH时机。
可选地，在第一传输资源上，发送所述A个PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：按照A个PDSCH时机在时域上从前到后的顺序，发送A个PDSCH时机中每个PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息。
在图7所述的例子中，有4个PDSCH时机，假设每个PDSCH时机反馈1比特，则反馈4比特的HARQ反馈信息，并且这4比特的HARQ反馈信息依次对应第一到第四个PDSCH时机。具体地，第一比特对应PDSCH资源1和PDSCH资源3，第二比特对应PDSCH资源2，第三比特对应PDSCH资源4和PDSCH资源6，第四比特对应PDSCH资源5和PDSCH资源7。
其中，所述每个PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息是指，该PDSCH时机包含的PDSCH资源中接收到的PDSCH对应的ACK或NACK反馈信息；如果在该PDSCH时机包含的PDSCH资源中没收到PDSCH，则该PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息填充为NACK。
可选地，网络设备在相同PDSCH时机中发送的PDSCH，只可能有一个PDSCH被终端设备接收。
这里仍然以图7为例，假设在PDSCH资源2和PDSCH资源5上面收到了PDSCH，有 4个PDSCH时机，假设每个PDSCH时机反馈1比特，则反馈4比特的HARQ反馈信息，并且这4比特的HARQ反馈信息依次对应第一到第四个PDSCH时机。由于PDSCH资源2和PDSCH资源5分别在第二PDSCH时机和第四个PDSCH时机中，所以4比特的反馈信息中第2比特和第4比特分别填在PDSCH资源2和PDSCH资源5收到的数据的HARQ反馈信息，即ACK或NACK，而在剩余的PDSCH资源中均没有收到PDSCH，则填NACK，即第1比特和第3比特均填充NACK信息。
采用本方式2所述的方法，在第一传输资源上，发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息时，不是直接将K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息串联发送，而是发送A个PDSCH时机对应的HARQ反馈信息，由于A个PDSCH及时是根据K个PDSCH对应的PDSCH资源是否重叠确定出来的，重叠的PDSCH资源只对应一个PDSCH时机，从而降低了反馈的比特数，从而节省了上行传输资源，或者说用相同的上行资源传输时，传输比特数更少，提高上行反馈信息发送的可靠性。
第四种可能的实现方式
M个传输参数组中每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，该资源指示信息指示S个PUCCH资源集合。其中，所述S为正整数。这样，终端设备可以通过多个PUCCH资源发送所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，所述K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示S个PUCCH资源集合，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；
相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定R个PUCCH资源组。其中，一个PUCCH资源组中包括S个PUCCH资源集合。需要说明的是，每个PUCCH资源组中包括的PUCCH资源集合的个数可以相同，也可以不同，也可以部分相同部分不同。这里是以每个PUCCH资源组均包括S个PUCCH资源集合为例进行说明。所述第一传输资源包括R个PUCCH资源组中每个PUCCH资源组中的第一PUCCH资源集合中的第一PUCCH资源，也就是说第一传输资源包括R个PUCCH资源。换句话说，所述第一传输资源包括R个PUCCH资源，R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源是一个PUCCH资源组中的一个PUCCH资源集合中的一个PUCCH资源。
根据本申请实施例所述的方法，如果K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，终端设备可以使用所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定出R个PUCCH资源组，从该R个PUCCH资源组中的每个PUCCH资源组中确定出一个PUCCH资源集合，进而从该PUCCH资源集合中确定出一个PUCCH资源，从而确定R个PUCCH资源，从而可以使用R个PUCCH资源发送K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，保证每个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息都能够正常反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
举例来说，K个PDSCH对应4个传输参数组。每个传输参数组中包含一个资源指示信息，该资源指示信息指示8个PUCCH资源集合，则根据所述4个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定4个PUCCH资源组，每个PUCCH资源组指示8个PUCCH资源集合。每个控制信道资源组中的8个PUCCH资源集合中的第一PUCCH资源集合中的第一PUCCH资源，是一个用于传输HARQ反馈信息的PUCCH资源，有4个PUCCH资源组，因此第一传输资源包括4个PUCCH资源。
需要说明的是，每个传输参数组中的指示信息是相互独立的，不同传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源个数可以是不同的。例如，第一个传输参数组中包含一个资源指示信息，指示4个PUCCH资源集合，第二个传输参数组中包含一个资源指示信息，指示8个PUCCH资源集合。由于K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组,R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均对应K个PDSCH中的K3个PDSCH，每个传输参数组均对应S个PUCCH资源集合，则这K3个PDSCH也会对应S个PUCCH资源集合，K3为正整数。
具体而言，在所述S等于1时，所述第一PUCCH资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源集合。每个传输参数组仅对应一个PUCCH资源集合，终端设备收到PDSCH以后直接可以在该PUCCH资源集合中的某一个PUCCH资源中发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息，无需从多个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合的过程，降低了终端设备确定资源的复杂度。
具体而言，在所述S大于1时，根据所述S个PUCCH资源集合对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合作为所述第一PUCCH资源集合。所述S个PUCCH资源集合中的每个PUCCH资源集合都可以对应一个HARQ反馈信息比特数区间。例如：S等于6，指示信息指示6个PUCCH资源集合，如果反馈信息的比特数为1-10比特，则选择6个PUCCH资源集合中的第一个资源集合，如果反馈信息比特数为11-20比特，则选择第二个资源集合，依次类推，如果反馈信息比特数为51-60比特，则对应第六个资源集合。每个传输参数组对应S个PUCCH资源集合，该S个PUCCH资源集合和HARQ反馈比特数相关，从而使得终端设备收到PDSCH以后，根据HARQ反馈的比特数从S个资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源集合来发送HARQ反馈信息。保证最终确定的PUCCH资源和反馈信息的比特数尽可能的匹配，从而提高传输效率。
具体而言，所述第一PUCCH资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合中的第一个资源集合，即在资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合中排在第一的PUCCH资源集合。每个传输参数组对应多个PUCCH资源集合，终端设备收到PDSCH以后，总是默认从多个PUCCH资源集合中选择第一个PUCCH资源集合来发送反馈信息。无需从多个PUCCH资源集合中根据复杂的规则确定一个PUCCH资源集合的过程，降低了终端设备确定PUCCH资源的复杂度，也降低了时延。
具体而言，所述第一PUCCH资源集合中的第一PUCCH资源为所述第一PUCCH资源集合中排在第一个资源，即在该第一PUCCH资源集合中指示的第一个资源。确定第一PUCCH资源集合以后，默认从该第一PUCCH资源集合的多个PUCCH资源中选择第一个PUCCH资源来发送反馈信息。无需从多个PUCCH资源中根据复杂的规则确定一个PUCCH资源的过程，降低了终端设备确定资PUCCH源的复杂度，也降低了时延。
具体而言，可以根据所述第一PUCCH资源集合对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH中的指示域，从第一PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源为所述第一PUCCH资源。例如，第一PUCCH资源集合中包含4个PUCCH资源，在激活PDCCH中包含2bit的指示域，若指示域取值为0，则指示第一PUCCH资源为4个PUCCH资源中的第1个资源，或者，若取值为1，则指示第一PUCCH资源第2个资源，从而通过指示域的取值来指示第一PUCCH资源。确定第一PUCCH资源集合以后，根据激活PDCCH中的指示信息，从该第一PUCCH资源集 合的多个PUCCH资源中选择第一个PUCCH资源来发送反馈信息。通过指示信息，可以动态的根据要发送的反馈信息的比特数动态地选择PUCCH资源发送反馈信息，降低了终端设备确定资PUCCH源的复杂度，并且能够保证最终确定的PUCCH资源和反馈信息的比特数尽可能的匹配，从而提高传输效率、节省上行资源。
具体而言，所述R个传输参数组是所述M个传输参数组中的传输参数组。如果K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，终端设备可以使用所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定出R个PUCCH资源，从而可以使用R个PUCCH资源发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，保证每个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息都能够正常反馈，有助于提高业务传输的可靠性。
可选地，作为一种实现方式，所述S340包括：终端设备在R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源，发送PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，作为另一种实现方式，终端设备在使用R个PUCCH资源发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息之前，可以先判断R个PUCCH资源是否存在重叠。如果没有重叠，则在R个PUCCH资源中的每个PUCCH资源，发送PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息；如果存在重叠，则对于存在重叠的PUCCH资源，需要选择PUCCH发送该存在重叠的PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，若所述R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，在目标PUCCH资源中发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数。
R个PUCCH资源中的H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，以及任意PUCCH资源存在重叠与第一种可能的实现方式中的含义相同，不再赘述。
也就是说，如果R个PUCCH资源中存在H个PUCCH资源在时域上有重叠，则需要选择目标PUCCH资源，以便于在目标PUCCH资源上发送所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
这里对如何选择目标PUCCH资源分3个步骤进行说明。
步骤一：确定第一PUCCH资源组，所述第一PUCCH资源组为第一传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合。所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH资源对应的H个传输参数组中的一个。
可选地，所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，对应的PDSCH的优先级最高的传输参数组。通过选择优先级最高的PDSCH对应的传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源组为第一PUCCH资源组，可以使得HARQ反馈信息的传输可靠性更高。
其中所述PDSCH优先级可以根据第一种实现方式中PDSCH的优先级确定，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
或者，可选地，所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，传输参数组的标识最小的传输参数组。也就是选择标识比较小的那个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源组为最终确定的PUCCH资源组。由于标识比较小的那种传输参数组中对应的是比较高优先级的PDSCH,那么该传输参数组中指示的PUCCH资源可以达到比较高的可靠性，因此选择出的第一PUCCH资源组能够达到更高的可靠性需求， 从而保证反馈信息传输的可靠性。
或者，可选地，所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，激活PDCCH的时域位置最靠后的传输参数组。也就是选择最后激活的那个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源组为第一PUCCH资源组。由于最后激活的那个传输参数组是网络设备激活的，网络设备既然激活了该传输参数组，就证明该传输参数组的优先级比较高，或者该传输参数组的PUCCH资源集合能够达到比较高的可靠性，因此在该第一PUCCH资源组上传输HARQ反馈信息能够达到更高的可靠性。
或者，可选地，所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，指示的PDSCH传输周期最短的传输参数组。也就是选择传输周期最短的那个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源组为第一PUCCH资源组。由于传输周期最短的那个传输参数组是服务于周期比较短的业务的，短周期的业务对时延要求比较高，使用该传输参数组对应资源组作为第一PUCCH资源组，使得在该资源组上传输的HARQ反馈信息可以达到更低的时延。
应理解，上述列举的几种方式可以结合使用，本领域技术人员基于上述列举的方式可以得到多种组合的方式，为了简洁，这里不再赘述，但是这些组合方式都属于本申请实施例的保护范围。例如：所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，指示的PDSCH传输周期最短的传输参数组，如果所有传输参数组中指示的PDSCH传输周期相同，则所述第一传输参数组为所述H个PUCCH对应的H个传输参数组中，激活PDCCH的时域位置最靠后的传输参数组。
步骤二：从第一PUCCH资源组中确定第二PUCCH资源集合。
具体而言，在所述第一PUCCH资源组中的PUCCH资源集合个数S等于1时，所述第二PUCCH资源集合为所述资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源集合。每个传输参数组中仅对应一个PUCCH资源集合，终端设备收到PDSCH以后直接可以在该PUCCH资源集合中的某一个PUCCH资源中发送PDSCH对应的反馈信息，无需从多个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合的过程，降低了终端设备确定资源的复杂度。
具体而言，在所述第一PUCCH资源组中的PUCCH资源集合个数S大于1时，根据所述H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，从所述S个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合作为所述第二PUCCH资源集合。例如：S等于6，资源指示信息指示6个PUCCH资源集合，如果HARQ反馈信息的总比特数为1-10比特则选择6个PUCCH资源集合中的第一个资源集合，HARQ反馈信息的总比特数为11-20比特则选择第二个资源集合，依次类推，HARQ反馈信息的总比特数为51-60bit则选择第六个资源集合。每个传输参数组对应S个PUCCH资源集合，该S个PUCCH资源集合和反馈比特数相关，从而使得终端设备收到PDSCH以后，根据重叠区域的反馈的比特数从多个资源集合中选择一个PUCCH资源集合来发送反馈信息。保证最终确定的PUCCH资源和反馈信息的比特数尽可能的匹配，从而节省上行资源。
步骤三：从第二PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源为目标PUCCH资源。
具体而言，可以根据H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的激活PDCCH中最后一个PDCCH，也就是时域位置最靠后的激活PDCCH中的指示域，从第二PUCCH资源集合中指示一个PUCCH资源为所述目标PUCCH资源。例如，第二PUCCH资源集合中包含4个PUCCH资源， 在最后一个激活PDCCH中包含2bit的指示域，若指示域取值为0，则指示为4个PUCCH资源中的第一个资源，或者，若指示域取值为1，则指示第二个资源。
具体而言，第二PUCCH资源集合中包含一个PUCCH资源时，该一个PUCCH资源为目标PUCCH资源。
通过本实施例所述的方法，所述目标PUCCH资源为根据H个PUCCH资源对应的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比数和最后一个激活PDCCH中的指示域确定的。
应理解，图4至图6中的例子仅仅是为了便于本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例，并非要将本申请实施例限于例示的具体场景。本领域技术人员根据图4至图6的例子，显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，这样的修改或变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。
第五种可能的实现方式
在该第五种可能的实现方式中，终端设备也是在一个PUCCH资源上，发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。与第二种可能的实现方式和第三种可能的实现方式的区别在于，终端设备需要在多个PUCCH资源集合中，先选择一个目标PUCCH资源集合，然后在该目标PUCCH资源集合中选择第四PUCCH资源发送所述K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。
与第四种可能的实现方式相同，M个传输参数组中每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，该资源指示信息指示S个PUCCH资源集合。其中，所述S为正整数。这样，终端设备可以通过多个PUCCH资源发送所述K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
举例来说，所述K个PDSCH对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示S个PUCCH资源集合，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；
相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定R个PUCCH资源组。其中，一个PUCCH资源组中包括S个PUCCH资源集合。需要说明的是，每个PUCCH资源组中包括的PUCCH资源集合的个数可以相同，也可以不同，也可以部分相同部分不同。这里是以每个PUCCH资源组均包括S个PUCCH资源集合为例进行说明。终端设备从该R个PUCCH资源组包含的多个PUCCH资源集合(该R个PUCCH资源组包含的多个PUCCH资源集合指的是R个PUCCH资源组对应的多个PUCCH资源集合的总数，比如，若每个PUCCH资源组均包括S个PUCCH资源集合，则总数为R乘S)中，确定目标PUCCH资源集合，最后从该目标PUCCH资源集合中选择第四PUCCH资源作为第一传输资源。
下面首先描述，从该R个PUCCH资源组包含的多个PUCCH资源集合中，确定目标PUCCH资源集合的方法，具体包括：
方法一：确定第二PUCCH资源组，所述第二PUCCH资源组为第二传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合。其中，所述第二传输参数组为所述R个PUCCH资源对应的R个传输参数组中的一个。然后，终端设备从第二PUCCH资源组中的资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合中确定目标PUCCH资源集合。
其中，从R个传输参数组确定第二传输参数组的方式与上文第四种实现方式的步骤一中“从H个传输参数组中确定第一传输参数组”的方法相同，为了简洁，这里不再赘 述。
其中，从第二PUCCH资源组中的资源指示信息指示的S个PUCCH资源集合中确定目标PUCCH资源集合的方法与上文第四种可能的实现方式的步骤二中“从第一PUCCH资源组中确定第二PUCCH资源集合”的方法类似，现简要说明。在S等于1时，所述目标PUCCH资源集合即为所述资源指示信息指示的PUCCH资源集合。在S大于1时，需要根据K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比数，从所述S个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合作为所述目标PUCCH资源集合。“从所述S个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源集合作为所述目标PUCCH资源集合”具体可以参照上文第四种可能的实现方式的步骤二中描述，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
方法二：根据K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比数从所述R个PUCCH资源组包含的多个PUCCH资源集合中，确定W个PUCCH资源集合。其中，W为大于或等于1的整数。然后，从W个PUCCH资源集合中确定目标PUCCH资源集合。
这里，“根据K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比数从所述R个PUCCH资源组包含的多个PUCCH资源集合中，确定W个PUCCH资源集合”的具体方法，可以参照上文第四种可能的实现方式的步骤二中“从第一PUCCH资源组中确定第二PUCCH资源集合”的方法类似。需要根据K个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的总比数从所述R个PUCCH组中包含的多个PUCCH资源集合中确定W个PUCCH资源集合作为所述目标PUCCH资源集合。
在W等于1时，确定出的一个PUCCH资源集合记为目标PUCCH资源集合。
由于R个PUCCH资源组中包含的多个PUCCH资源中，可能有多个PUCCH资源集合符合条件，即W可能大于1，此时需要从W个PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源内集合为目标PUCCH资源集合。W个PUCCH资源集合对应W个传输参数组，可从该W个传输参数组中确定目标传输参数组，该目标传输参数组中资源指示信息指示目标PUCCH资源集合。这里，“从W个传输参数组中确定目标传输参数组”的确定方法，可以参照上文第四种可能的实现方式的步骤一中“从H个传输参数组中确定第一传输参数组”的方法，为了简洁，不再赘述。
在采用上述方法1或方法2确定目标PUCCH资源集合后，再从目标PUCCH资源集合中选择第四PUCCH资源为第一传输资源。这里，“从目标PUCCH资源集合中选择第四PUCCH资源为第一传输资源”具体方法可以参照上文第四种可能的实现方式的步骤三中“从第二PUCCH资源集合中确定一个PUCCH资源为目标PUCCH资源”的描述，为了简洁，不再赘述。
在上述第五种可能的实现方式中，终端设备是在一个PUCCH资源上，发送K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息。这里，对在一个PUCCH资源上发送的K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息，可以预先定义HARQ反馈信息的发送格式，比如，K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的比特数，以及这些比特的排列顺序。这里，K个PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的比特数的确定方式，以及这些比特的排列顺序，具体可以参照上文第二种可能的实现方式或第三种可能的实现方式中的描述，为了简洁，不再赘述。
上文结合图1至图7详细描述了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的方法。下面将结合图8至图11描述根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置。应理解，方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。
图8示出了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置700的示意性框图。所述装置700用于执行前文方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。可选地，所述装置700的具体形态可以是终端设备或终端设备中的模块(例如，芯片)。本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述装置700包括收发模块710和处理模块720。
收发模块710用于获取第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数。
所述收发模块710还用于，接收K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，其中，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；
处理模块720用于根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源。
所述收发模块710还用于，在所述第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定所述第一传输资源。
可选地，所述第一传输资源为所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述收发模块710用于在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，具体包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延、且起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述收发模块710还用于，接收第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述收发模块710用于在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应 的HARQ反馈信息，具体包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，发送所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息被取消发送，所述第一上行控制信道资源和所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
可选地，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优先级；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的传输周期小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的下行数据信道的传输周期；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的传输参数组的标识号。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一传输资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数；相应的，所述根据第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。
可选地，所述收发模块710用于在所述第一传输资源上，发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，具体包括：
在所述第一传输资源上仅发送所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，在所述第一传输资源上发送所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，在所述第一传输资源上发送M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置700可对应于前述方法实施例中终端设备的方法，比如，图3中的方法，并且装置700中的各个模块的上述和其它管理操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中终端设备的方法的相应步骤，因 此也可以实现前述方法实施例中的有益效果，为了简洁，这里不作赘述。
还应理解，装置700中的各个模块可以通过软件和/或硬件形式实现，对此不作具体限定。换言之，装置700是以功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定应用集成电路ASIC、电路、执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器、集成逻辑电路，和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。可选地，在一个简单的实施例中，本领域的技术人员可以想到装置700可以采用图9所示的形式。处理模块720可以通过图9所示的处理器801实现。收发模块710可以通过图9所示的收发器803来实现。具体的，处理器通过执行存储器中存储的计算机程序来实现。可选地，当所述装置700是芯片时，那么收发模块710的功能和/或实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。可选地，所述存储器为所述芯片内的存储单元，比如寄存器、缓存等，所述存储单元还可以是所述计算机设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元，如图9所的存储器802。
图9示出了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置800的示意性结构图。如图9所示，所述装置800包括：处理器801。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器801用于调用接口执行以下动作：获取第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；接收K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，其中，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；所述处理器801用于根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源；所述处理器801还用于调用接口在所述第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
应理解，所述处理器801可以调用接口执行上述收发动作，其中，调用的接口可以是逻辑接口或物理接口，对此不作限定。可选地，物理接口可以通过收发器实现。可选地，所述装置800还包括收发器803。
可选地，所述装置800还包括存储器802，存储器802中可以存储上述方法实施例中的程序代码，以便于处理器801调用。
具体地，若所述装置800包括处理器801、存储器802和收发器803，则处理器801、存储器802和收发器803之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。在一个可能的设计中，处理器801、存储器802和收发器803可以通过芯片实现，处理器801、存储器802和收发器803可以是在同一个芯片中实现，也可能分别在不同的芯片实现，或者其中任意两个功能组合在一个芯片中实现。该存储器802可以存储程序代码，处理器801调用存储器802存储的程序代码，以实现装置800的相应功能。
应理解，所述装置800还可用于执行前文实施例中终端设备侧的其他步骤和/或操作，为了简洁，这里不作赘述。
图10示出了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置900的示意性框图。所述装置900用于执行前文方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。可选地，所述装置900的具体形态可以是网络设备或网络设备中的芯片。本申请实施例对此不作限定。所述装置900包括发送模块910和接收模块920。
发送模块910用于发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数。
所述发送模块910还用于，根据第一信息发送K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组。
接收模块920用于在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息位于一个时隙内。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数。
可选地，所述第一传输资源是所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中接收所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
可选地，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送反馈信息所需的时延需求的上行控制信道资源；或者，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述发送模块910还用于：发送第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
可选地，所述接收模块920用于在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，具体包括：若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，接收所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，在第二上行控制信道资源上，不接收第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述第一上行控制信道资源与所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
可选地，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优 先级；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期；或者，所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示第一上行控制信道资源，其中，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数，所述方法还包括：根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。
可选地，所述接收模块920用于在所述第一传输资源上，接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，具体包括：在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，在所述第一传输资源上接收所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，在所述第一传输资源上接收M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
可选地，在所述第一传输资源上接收的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
可选地，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
应理解，根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置900可对应于前述方法实施例中网络设备的方法，比如，图3中的方法，并且装置900中的各个模块的上述和其它管理操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中网络设备的方法的相应步骤，因此也可以实现前述方法实施例中的有益效果，为了简洁，这里不作赘述。
还应理解，装置900中的各个模块可以通过软件和/或硬件形式实现，对此不作具体限定。换言之，装置900是以功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定应用集成电路ASIC、电路、执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器、集成逻辑电路，和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。可选地，在一个简单的实施例中，本领域的技术人员可以想到装置900可以采用图11所示的形式。发送模块910和接收模块920可以通过图11所示的收发器1003来实现。具体的，处理器通过执行存储器中存储的计算机程序来实现。可选地，当所述装置900是芯片时，那么发送模块910和接收模块920 的功能和/或实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。可选地，所述存储器为所述芯片内的存储单元，比如寄存器、缓存等，所述存储单元还可以是所述计算机设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元，如图11所的存储器1002。
图11示出了根据本申请实施例的传输HARQ反馈信息的装置1000的示意性结构图。如图11所示，所述装置1000包括：处理器1001。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器1001用于调用接口执行以下动作：发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；根据第一信息发送K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
应理解，所述处理器1001可以调用接口执行上述收发动作，其中，调用的接口可以是逻辑接口或物理接口，对此不作限定。可选地，物理接口可以通过收发器实现。可选地，所述装置1000还包括收发器1003。
可选地，所述装置1000还包括存储器1002，存储器1002中可以存储上述方法实施例中的程序代码，以便于处理器1001调用。
具体地，若所述装置1000包括处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003，则处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003之间通过内部连接通路互相通信，传递控制和/或数据信号。在一个可能的设计中，处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003可以通过芯片实现，处理器1001、存储器1002和收发器1003可以是在同一个芯片中实现，也可能分别在不同的芯片实现，或者其中任意两个功能组合在一个芯片中实现。该存储器1002可以存储程序代码，处理器1001调用存储器1002存储的程序代码，以实现装置1000的相应功能。
应理解，所述装置1000还可用于执行前文实施例中网络设备侧的其他步骤和/或操作，为了简洁，这里不作赘述。
在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器中，或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，还可以是系统芯片(system on chip，SoC)，还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit，CPU)，还可以是网络处理器(network processor，NP)，还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor，DSP)，还可以是微控制器 (micro controller unit，MCU)，还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device，PLD)或其他集成芯片。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，针对术语引入的编号“第一”、“第二”…仅仅为了区分不同的对象，比如为了区分不同的信息或者传输参数组等等，并不对本申请实施例的范围构成限制，本申请实施例并不限于此。
还应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。上述各个过程涉及的各种数字编号或序号仅为描述方便进行的区分，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
还应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本申请中出现的类似于“项目包括如下中的一项或多项：A，B，以及C”表述的含义，如无特别说明，通常是指该项目可以为如下中任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A，B和C；A和A；A，A和A；A，A和B；A，A和C，A，B和B；A，C和C；B和B，B，B和B，B，B和C，C和C；C，C和C，以及其他A，B和C的组合。以上是以A，B和C共3个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目，当表达为“项目包括如下中至少一种：A，B，……，以及X”时，即表达中具有更多元素时，那么该项目可以适用的条目也可以按照前述规则获得。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究 竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；
    接收K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，其中，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；
    根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源；
    在所述第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数；
    相应的，所述根据所述第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：
    根据所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息，确定所述第一传输资源。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一传输资源为所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，
    所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延、且起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，
    所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；
    根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，所述在第一传输资源上发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，发送所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息被取消发送，所述第一上行控制信道资源和所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优先级；或者，
    所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的传输周期小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的下行数据信道的传输周期；或者，
    所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道对应的传输参数组的标识号。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一传输资源。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数；
    相应的，所述根据第一信息确定第一传输资源，包括：
    根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在所述第一传输资源上，发送所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    在所述第一传输资源上仅发送所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，
    在所述第一传输资源上发送所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，
    在所述第一传输资源上发送M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息包括第一HARQ反馈信息和第二HARQ反馈信息，且在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，
    其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号；或者，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号与所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，且所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置。
  13. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：
    第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，
    其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；
    所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
  15. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息位于一个时隙内。
  16. 一种传输混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息的方法，其特征在于，包括：
    发送第一信息，所述第一信息包括M个传输参数组，M是大于或等于2的整数；
    根据第一信息发送K个下行数据信道，K是大于或等于2的整数，所述K个下行数据信道中每个下行数据信道分别对应所述M个传输参数组中的一个，第一下行数据信道对应第一传输参数组，第二下行数据信道对应第二传输参数组，所述第一下行数据信道与所述第二下行数据信道是所述K个下行数据信道中的不同下行数据信道，所述第一传输参数组与所述第二传输参数组为所述M个传输参数组中的不同传输参数组；
    在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述K个下行数据信道对应R个传输参数组，所述R个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组均包括一个资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，R≤K，且R≤M，R为大于或等于2的整数。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一传输资源是所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源。
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在目标上行控制信道资源中接收所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，H≤R，且H是大于或等于2的整数，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，
    所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中满足发送所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息所需的反馈时延、且起始时域位置最靠前的上行控制信道资源；或者，
    所述目标上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中优先级最高的上行控制信道资源。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    发送第二信息，所述第二信息包括G个资源指示信息，所述G个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，G为大于或等于2的整数；
    根据所述H个上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述G个资源指示信息所指示的G个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述目标上行控制信道资源。
  22. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    若所述R个传输参数组中的资源指示信息指示的R个上行控制信道资源中的H个上行控制信道资源在时域上有重叠，在第一上行控制信道资源上，接收所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，在第二上行控制信道资源上，不接收第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述第一上行控制信道资源与所述第二上行控制信道资源为所述H个上行控制信道资源中的不同上行控制信道资源，所述第一上行控制信道资源为所述第一传输资源的一部分或全部。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一上行控制信道资源的优先级高于所述第二上行控制信道资源的优先级；或者，
    所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的下行数据信道的周期；或者，
    所述第一上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二上行控制信道资源对应的传输参数组的标识号。
  24. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还包括第一资源指示信息，所述第一资源指示信息用于指示所述第一传输资源。
  25. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还包括N个资源指示信息，所述N个资源指示信息中的每个资源指示信息指示一个上行控制信道资源，N是大于1的整数，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息的总比特数，在所述N个资源指示信息所指示的N个上行控制信道资源中确定一个上行控制信道资源作为所述第一传输资源。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述在所述第一传输资源上，接收所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息，包括：
    在所述第一传输资源上接收所述K个下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息；或者，
    在所述第一传输资源上接收所有激活的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述所有激活的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道；或者，
    在所述第一传输资源上接收M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道的HARQ反馈信息，所述M个传输参数组对应的下行数据信道中包括所述K个下行数据信道。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一传输资源上接收的HARQ反馈信息包括第一HARQ反馈信息和第二HARQ反馈信息，且在所述第一传输资源上接收的HARQ反馈信息按照以下顺序排列：第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，
    其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号小于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号；或者，所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号与所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH的传输参数组的标识号相同，且所述第一HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的PDSCH在时域上的起始位置。
  28. 根据权利要求24至26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一传输资源上接收的HARQ反馈信息的按照以下顺序排列：
    第一HARQ反馈信息在第二HARQ反馈信息之前，
    其中，所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息满足以下条件：第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级高于第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级；或者，第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级与第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道的优先级相同，且第一HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置早于所述第二HARQ反馈信息对应的下行数据信道在时域上的起始位置；
    所述第一HARQ反馈信息和所述第二HARQ反馈信息为在所述第一传输资源上发送的HARQ反馈信息中的两个不同的HARQ反馈信息。
  29. 根据权利要求16至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述M个传输参数组中的每个传输参数组包括以下信息中的一项或多项：下行数据信道的传输周期、传输参数组的标识以及下行数据信道传输采用的调制和编码方案MCS表格。
  30. 根据权利要求16至29中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述K个下行数据信道对应的HARQ反馈信息位于一个时隙内。
  31. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1至15，或16至30中任一项所述的方法的模块。
  32. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和接口电路，所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置，所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至15，或16至30中任一项所述的方法。
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有程序或指令，当所述程序或指令被运行时，实现如权利要求1至15，或16至30中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/087667 2019-04-30 2020-04-29 传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置 WO2020221271A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP20798911.2A EP3952168A4 (en) 2019-04-30 2020-04-29 HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) RETURN INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS
KR1020217037695A KR20210148357A (ko) 2019-04-30 2020-04-29 하이브리드 자동 재송 요구(harq) 피드백 정보를 전송하는 방법 및 통신 장치
US17/516,474 US20220061076A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2021-11-01 Method for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request harq feedback information and communications apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910364217.3 2019-04-30
CN201910364217 2019-04-30
CN201910702214.6 2019-07-31
CN201910702214.6A CN111865511B (zh) 2019-04-30 2019-07-31 传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/516,474 Continuation US20220061076A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2021-11-01 Method for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request harq feedback information and communications apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020221271A1 true WO2020221271A1 (zh) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=72970576

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/087667 WO2020221271A1 (zh) 2019-04-30 2020-04-29 传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20220061076A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3952168A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR20210148357A (zh)
CN (1) CN111865511B (zh)
WO (1) WO2020221271A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022206650A1 (zh) * 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 确定pucch资源的方法、装置及终端

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20220098083A (ko) * 2019-11-08 2022-07-11 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 업링크 전송 방법, 전자 기기 및 저장 매체
US11974310B2 (en) * 2020-05-12 2024-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Block acknowledgement for multiple sps configurations
US11476982B2 (en) * 2020-05-27 2022-10-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiplexing multicast and unicast feedback
US11856581B2 (en) * 2020-12-29 2023-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Multi-physical downlink shared channel grant configuration
BR112023020654A2 (pt) * 2021-04-06 2024-01-30 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd Método para realimentar um reconhecimento de solicitação de repetição automática híbrida, e, dispositivo terminal

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102415193A (zh) * 2009-05-07 2012-04-11 高通股份有限公司 多载波重传反馈
CN103580823A (zh) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-12 上海贝尔股份有限公司 处理上行harq反馈的方法
CN106549734A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息的传输方法、终端和基站
WO2017160350A1 (en) * 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intel IP Corporation User equipment (ue), evolved node-b (enb) and hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) methods for carrier aggregation arrangements
CN109391440A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈方法及设备

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101835271A (zh) * 2009-03-12 2010-09-15 华为技术有限公司 一种资源释放和分配的方法、装置及网络设备
CN102136896A (zh) * 2011-02-22 2011-07-27 电信科学技术研究院 Ack/nack信息的传输方法和设备
JP5693794B2 (ja) * 2011-09-23 2015-04-01 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド 制御情報を送信する方法及びそのための装置
DK3261280T3 (da) * 2012-12-18 2019-07-15 Lg Electronics Inc Fremgangsmåde og apparat til at modtage ack/nack i trådløst kommunikationssystem
CN103974430B (zh) * 2013-02-06 2017-06-13 电信科学技术研究院 一种数据传输方法及装置
CN107846731B (zh) * 2016-09-20 2020-06-26 华为技术有限公司 发送或接收物理上行控制信道的方法和设备
CN108023696B (zh) * 2016-11-03 2020-06-02 华为技术有限公司 无线通信的方法和装置
CN108024349A (zh) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 下行控制信道的检测方法、发送方法、网络侧设备及终端
CN108347307B (zh) * 2017-01-25 2021-02-09 华为技术有限公司 传输数据的方法、终端设备和网络设备
KR102436802B1 (ko) * 2017-08-11 2022-08-26 삼성전자주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서의 비주기적 채널 상태 보고 시점 지시 방법 및 장치
KR20200040890A (ko) * 2017-09-08 2020-04-20 삼성전자주식회사 Harq-ack 정보를 송신하는 방법, 사용자 장비 및 기지국
CN109474371B (zh) * 2017-09-08 2024-01-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种harq-ack信息反馈方法和设备
US20200022144A1 (en) * 2018-07-09 2020-01-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Overhead reduction and reliability enhancements for dl control signaling
WO2020093016A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Hong He Physical uplink control channel (pucch) resource allocation and hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) acknowledgement (ack) codebook determination enhancements in case of multiple downlink control information (dci) in a slot
JP2022520262A (ja) * 2019-02-15 2022-03-29 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン（パブル） 低遅延通信のためのｈａｒｑコードブック決定方法

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102415193A (zh) * 2009-05-07 2012-04-11 高通股份有限公司 多载波重传反馈
CN103580823A (zh) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-12 上海贝尔股份有限公司 处理上行harq反馈的方法
CN106549734A (zh) * 2015-09-18 2017-03-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息的传输方法、终端和基站
WO2017160350A1 (en) * 2016-03-17 2017-09-21 Intel IP Corporation User equipment (ue), evolved node-b (enb) and hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) methods for carrier aggregation arrangements
CN109391440A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 一种混合自动重传请求harq反馈方法及设备

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 Meeting #91 R1-1719383", REMAINING ISSUES ON NR CA AND DC INCLUDING SRS SWITCHING, 1 December 2017 (2017-12-01), XP051369292 *
SAMSUNG: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #89 R1-1708027", HARQ-ACK FEEDBACK FOR NUMEROLOGY MULTIPLEXING, 19 May 2017 (2017-05-19), XP051262203 *
SAMSUNG: "3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 Meeting #101bis R2-1804571", LIST OF OPEN ISSUES ON NR MAC, 20 April 2018 (2018-04-20), XP051414791 *
See also references of EP3952168A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022206650A1 (zh) * 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 确定pucch资源的方法、装置及终端

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3952168A4 (en) 2022-06-01
US20220061076A1 (en) 2022-02-24
EP3952168A1 (en) 2022-02-09
CN111865511A (zh) 2020-10-30
CN111865511B (zh) 2022-01-11
KR20210148357A (ko) 2021-12-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020221271A1 (zh) 传输混合自动重传请求harq反馈信息的方法和通信装置
US11678351B2 (en) Scheduling radio resources using first and second configuration
WO2020200078A1 (zh) 传输上行信息的方法和通信装置
WO2020200162A1 (zh) 确定反馈信息的方法和通信装置
WO2020143428A1 (zh) 传输上行信息的方法和通信装置
US20200266938A1 (en) Method for determining harq number and network device
CN111836366B (zh) 上行传输方法和通信装置
CN112398592B (zh) 反馈信息传输方法及通信装置
WO2021204218A1 (zh) 一种harq信息传输方法及装置
JP2014534728A (ja) 持続的スケジューリング変更情報を伝送及び受信する方法及びそのための装置
WO2021062804A1 (zh) 反馈信息传输的方法和装置
WO2021031961A1 (zh) 反馈信息的传输方法及通信装置
WO2020249031A1 (zh) 应答信息的传输方法及装置
WO2021017765A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN110572247B (zh) 一种窄带无线通信中的方法和装置
WO2021159979A1 (zh) 混合自动重传请求确认码本的反馈方法及装置
WO2021032003A1 (zh) 上行控制信息传输方法及通信装置
US20220368505A1 (en) Data feedback method and apparatus
WO2022027605A1 (zh) 信息传输方法和通信装置
WO2020057421A1 (zh) 资源调度方法及设备
WO2020029857A1 (zh) 数据调度及传输方法、网络设备、终端和计算机存储介质
CN112369101B (zh) 一种数据传输方法及通信装置
WO2018141309A1 (zh) 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统
WO2022032686A1 (zh) 一种上行信息传输方法及装置
WO2021159525A1 (zh) 一种反馈信息传输方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20798911

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020798911

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20211104

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20217037695

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A